Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Kodak 8900

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 359

© EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2005 HEALTH GROUP

{Adjust/Replace}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal} Publication No. 8F1621


15JUL05

Confidential
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
Restricted
Information for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878

Important
Qualified service personnel must do these procedures.

H199_0500AC
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
15JUL05
8F1621 PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the
Page subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication.
2 of 186
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and
makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be
liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any
use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault.

This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents
Description Page

Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PROCESSOR - BRUSHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
PROCESSOR - DIVERTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
IMAGING AY - ENCODER READHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
IMAGING AY - Index Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
IMAGING AY - Film Skew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
+5 V DC POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
LOCAL PANEL - Calibration of the TOUCH SCREEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
DRE COMPUTER - HARD DRIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
DRE COMPUTER - DVD DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
DRE COMPUTER - POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
DRE COMPUTER - FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ROLLBACK MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ROLLBACK CARTRIDGE PRESENCE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
ROLLBACK MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ROLLBACK ROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
15JUL05
8F1621 RF TAG READER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Page PICKUP AND FEED MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3 of 186 FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
FILM FEED HEEL AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
HEEL PADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR and FILM AT FEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
PICKUP HOME SENSOR and CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
FILM OUT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
FILM FEED DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
FILM FEED MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
PICKUP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
VACUUM VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
VACUUM PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
SUCTION CUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
VERTICAL TRANSPORT UP and DOWN MOTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
VERTICAL TRANSPORT BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
PROCESSOR - VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
PROCESSOR - DRUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
PROCESSOR - DRUM DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
PROCESSOR - MOTOR DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
PROCESSOR - LOWER FAZ TRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
PROCESSOR - DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PROCESSOR - BRUSH AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
DENSITOMETER LIGHT SOURCE BOARD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
DENSITOMETER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SORTER TRAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
TURNAROUND AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
EXIT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
SORTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
SORTER - DRIVE SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
SORTER - STEPPER DRIVE MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER - TORQUE ACTUATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Page SORTER - EMITTER BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4 of 186 SORTER - DETECTOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
SORTER CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
IMAGING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
PLATEN FEED MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
PLATEN LOAD MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
PLATEN CENTERING MOTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
PLATEN FILM CENTERING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
PLATEN CENTERING HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
TRANSLATION HOME and TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
MAGNET WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
POWER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
BACK DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
ELECTRONICS PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
DRAWER PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
SIDE PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
DRAWER LATCH AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
DOOR LATCH AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
LOCAL PANEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
DUCT FILTER DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Additional Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Making a Configuration Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Restoring Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software - “Ghosting” 174
Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the
MICRO BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is
Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
Section 1: Adjustments
5 of 186
PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To set the correct temperature for the DRUM.
Specification: The temperature is between 123.6 - 124.4°C (254.5 - 256°F).
Special Tools: • TEMPERATURE METER AND PROBE TL-5574
• BLOCK for PROBE 78-8064-5583-4
• LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER
5.5 or higher
• SERVICE TOOL
• CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:

Important
The TEMPERATURE METER AND PROBE must receive calibration together once a year.

1. Send the METER, PROBE, and a CALIBRATION FORM to:


National Calibration and Testing Laboratories
5960 Madison Avenue West
Minneapolis, MN 55427
The calibration time is approximately one week.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
6 of 186 Caution
Dangerous Voltage

1 Energize the IMAGER.


BLOCK
2 Allow the equipment to reach the
“Ready” mode.
137 mm (5 3/8 in.) 3 Prepare the METER.
a Install the BLOCK on the PROBE
PROBE SENSOR
137 mm (5 3/8 in.) from the
PROBE SENSOR.
PROBE
b Clean the PROBE with alcohol.
c Set the METER to display in C.
F C 4 Set the SERVICE SWITCH in the
service position.

METER
H199_1525GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
ROLLERS
5 Release the front and back LATCHES.
Page
7 of 186 COVER

Caution
DRUM The DRUM and ROLLERS are hot.

PROBE 6 Lift the COVER.


7 Insert the PROBE at the center of the
DRUM.

Note
The METER must be at room temperature
PROBE SENSOR during the check.
back
center 8 Lower the COVER.
back LATCH
front 9 Close the front and back LATCHES.
10 Pull on the PROBE to check that the
PROBE SENSOR is directly under a
ROLLER.
to METER
11 Allow the indication on the METER to
front LATCH H199_1526GA be stable.
12 Record the temperature.
13 Release the LATCHES.
14 Lift the COVER.
15 Move the PROBE to the back of the DRUM.
16 Lower the COVER.
17 Close the front LATCH.
18 Do steps Step 10 through Step 12 again.
19 Release the front LATCH.
20 Lift the COVER.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 21 Move the PROBE to the front of the DRUM.
Page
8 of 186 22 Lower the COVER.
23 Close the back LATCH.
24 Do Step 10 through Step 12 again.
25 Check that all 3 temperatures are 123.6 - 124.4°C (254.5 - 256°F).

To Adjust:
1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT
AIR FILTER COVER DOOR.
2 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to
the RJ-45 CONNECTOR at the front of
the IMAGER.
Note
The CONNECTOR is located below the AIR
FILTER COVER.

3 Energize the LAPTOP COMPUTER.


4 Connect the SERVICE TOOL through
RJ-45 CONNECTOR “SecureLink”.
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR 5 From the “Service” menu, select
H199_0734ACB
H199_0734AC
Configuration>MCS>Processor.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
9 of 186

6 Click [Modify].
7 In the “Measured Temperature” windows, type the 3 measured temperatures.

Important
The “Current offsets” windows indicate the “offsets” between the “Current Temperature” value
in the PROCESSOR MICRO and the “Measured Temperature” value.

8 Click [Save].
9 Close the “Processor Temperature Configuration” window.
10 Allow approximately 10 minutes for the temperatures to be stable.
11 Check that all 3 temperatures are 123.6 - 124.4°C (254.5 - 256°F).

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - BRUSHES
Page
10 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To align the BRUSHES with the SLIP RINGS.
Specification: • The 5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically with the 5 SLIP
RINGS.
• The surface of each BRUSH touches the surface of the
adjacent SLIP RING.
Special Tools: None

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
top COVER 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
SLIP RINGS • [Shut Down]

Caution
3 SCREWS Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Remove:
bottom COVER • 3 SCREWS
BRUSHES H199_1527AA
• top and bottom COVERS

4 Check:
• 5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically with the 5 SLIP RINGS.
• Surface of each BRUSH touches the surface of the adjacent SLIP RING.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 To Adjust:
Page
11 of 186
BRUSH SLIP RING DRUM 1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS.
2 Align the BRUSHES vertically with the
SLIP RINGS.
3 Manually rotate the DRUM backward
and forward to seat the SLIP RINGS
horizontally on the “curved” surfaces of
the BRUSHES.
4 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
5 Check:
• 5 BRUSHES are aligned vertically
with the 5 SLIP RINGS.
• Surface of each BRUSH touches the
surface of the adjacent SLIP RING.

H199_1528GA
2 SCREWS

Postrequisites:
1 If the power wires to the BRUSH are disconnected and connected before this adjustment,
check the circuits with the SERVICE TOOL. Select Diagnostics>MCS>General>Heater
Wiring. See DIAGNOSTICS 8E5983:

Section Procedure
Using the Diagnostics PROCESSOR HEATER Wiring
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR
Page
12 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To align the horizontal and vertical position of the
PHOTODETECTOR with the LEDs on the ROTATING
PROCESSOR BOARD (RPB).
Specification: • The HOLDER is 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the surface of the
RPB.
• The distance between the bottom of the HOLDER and the
bottom of the BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.).
Special Tools: METRIC RULER with mm increments

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
top COVER
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
3 SCREWS Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Remove:
bottom COVER • 3 SCREWS
• top and bottom COVERS
H199_1529AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
10 mm RPB 4 Use a METRIC RULER to check that
Page
13 of 186
(0.39 in.) the distance between the front surface
HOLDER
of the HOLDER and the RPB is 10 mm
(0.39 in.).
5 Check that the distance between the
bottom of the HOLDER and the bottom
of the BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.).
46 mm
(1.8 in.)

BRACKET
H199_1530AA

To Adjust:
1 Adjust the distance between the
10 mm
(0.39 in.)
RPB
HOLDER and the RPB.
HOLDER a Loosen the SCREW on the bottom
2 SCREWS of the BRACKET.
b Move the BRACKET forward or
backward to set the distance
between the HOLDER and the
RPB to 10 mm (0.39 in.).

46 mm
c Tighten the SCREW.
(1.8 in.)
BRACKET SCREW H199_1531AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 2 Adjust the position of the HOLDER vertically.
Page
14 of 186 a Loosen the 2 SCREWS.
b Align the HOLDER vertically until the distance between the bottom of the HOLDER
and BRACKET is 46 mm (1.8 in.).
c Tighten the 2 SCREWS.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - DIVERTER AY
Page
15 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To adjust the position of the DIVERTER AY with the position of
the DRUM.
Specification: The 2 SCREWS for the DIVERTER AY is at the bottom of the
SLOTS.
Special Tools: None

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
1 Remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See
PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP.
2 Check that the SCREW at each end of
the DIVERTER is at the bottom of the
SLOT.

SLOT DIVERTER

DIVERTER AY

SCREW H199_0745GCA
H199_0745GC
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page To Adjust:
16 of 186
1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS.
2 Move the DIVERTER up until the 2
SCREWS are at the bottom of the 2
SLOTS.
3 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.

2 SLOTS DIVERTER

2 SCREWS H199_0745GCB
H199_0745GC

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 IMAGING AY - ENCODER READHEAD
Page
17 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To align the ENCODER READHEAD with the ENCODER
SCALE.
Specification: • In the SERVICE TOOL, the outputs of the READHEAD is 700
- 1800 mV. The high end of this specification is
recommended.
• On the VOLTMETER, the output of the READHEAD is 270 -
655 mV. The high end of this specification is recommended.
Special Tools: • LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER
5.5 or higher
• SERVICE TOOL
• CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
• READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL TL-5715
• READHEAD SETTING SHIM with ADAPTER TL-5711
• VOLTMETER

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
Checking with the SERVICE TOOL
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Set the SERVICE SWITCH in the service position.
3 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to open the SERVICE TOOL.
4 Select Diagnostics>MCS>Optics.
5 On the “MCS Optics Diagnostics” screen, select “Test Readhead Alignment”.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
18 of 186

6 Click [Run].

Note
The test runs for approximately 80 seconds then displays “Status” and a summary. A “Status”
of “Pass” indicates only that the test has completed and has no “relationship” to the feedback
values.

7 Check that the 4 measured outputs of the READHEAD is 700 - 1800 mV. The high end
of this specification is recommended.

Note
• The LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER BOARD does not operate approximately below 450
mV and above 2000 mV.
• The READHEAD values decrease approximately 100 mV peak-to-peak from temperature
conditions.
• Debris on the ENCODER SCALE drops the values of the feedback.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 Checking with the VOLTMETER
Page
19 of 186 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
2 Extend the IMAGING AY.

LINEAR MOTOR
CONTROLLER BOARD

CARRIAGE
J104
VOLTMETER
READHEAD
CABLE

POWER
SWITCH

READHEAD
ALIGNMENT TOOL
H199_1509BA with ADAPTER

3 Position the CARRIAGE between the left and right side of the RAILS.
4 Disconnect the READHEAD CABLE from J104 on the LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER
BOARD.
5 Connect:
• READHEAD CABLE to the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL
• READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL into a 120 V AC OUTLET with the ADAPTER
Note
If 120 V AC wall power is not available, the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL can operate
from internal BATTERIES.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 6 Set the POWER SWITCH on the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL to ON.
Page
20 of 186 7 Connect a VOLTMETER to the READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL.

READHEAD
ALIGHNMENT TOOL
READHEAD

CARRIAGE

RAILS AC POWER

VOLTMETER

H199_1532BA

Important
The CARRIAGE must be in motion to actuate the READHEAD.

8 Slowly move the CARRIAGE forward and backward the full length of the RAILS.

Note
If the room lights are down, you will be able to see the light from the LED in the READHEAD.
A green LED indicates that the READHEAD has an output that is close to normal, but might
or might not be within specification. A red LED indicates a “weak” output.

9 With the CARRIAGE in motion, observe the VOLTMETER.


ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 10 Record the minimum and maximum voltages for reference. The specification for the
Page output of the READHEAD is 270 - 655 mV. The high end of this specification is
21 of 186
recommended.

Note
Because the indication on the VOLTMETER is a “ground-to-peak” reading for the Kodak
REMOTE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, the reading will be lower than the indications from the
SERVICE TOOL. The SERVICE TOOL displays “peak-to-peak” mV AC.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 To Adjust:
Page
22 of 186
Aligning the READHEAD on the ROLL AXIS

Important
This procedure applies only if the 2 SCREWS for the RAIL with the ENCODER SCALE
include SPHERICAL WASHERS. With no SPHERICAL WASHERS, you must skip this
procedure and advance to Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and Aligning the READHEAD on
the PITCH AXIS.

1 Loosen the 2 SCREWS that fasten the


2 SCREWS RAIL to allow rotation of the RAIL.
SPHERICAL RAIL
WASHERS ENCODER
SCALE Important
The output of the READHEAD is changed
by small motions.

2 With the CARRIAGE in motion:


a Slowly rotate the RAIL to obtain an
output from the VOLTMETER that
CARRIAGE is 270 - 655 mV. The high end of
READHEAD this specification is recommended.
H199_1533AA
b Adjust until the output remains at
the high end of this specification, if
possible, for the full length of the
RAILS forward and backward.
3 Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 4 Does the output remain within the value identified in the “Specification”?
Page
23 of 186
Yes No
No other adjustment is necessary. a. Remove the SPHERICAL WASHERS and
tighten the 2 SCREWS on the ends of the RAIL
in order to align the RAIL with the ENCODER
SCALE.
b. Advance to Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and
Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS.

Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH AXIS
1 Remove the OPTICS ELECTRONICS
AY.
2 Loosen the “Offset/Pitch” SCREWS.
OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY

"Offset/Pitch"
SCREWS

READHEAD
BRACKET
H199_1510AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 "Offset/Pitch" SCREWS 3 Insert the READHEAD SETTING SHIM
Page
24 of 186 between the READHEAD and the
RAIL
ENCODER SCALE.

Note
If your hands are large, you might have to
remove the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT to
do this adjustment.

READHEAD 4 Position the top of the READHEAD


2 VEE BRACKET
BEARINGS Side View
SETTING SHIM approximately level
with the top of the ENCODER SCALE.
"Offset/Pitch" SCREWS
CARRIAGE READHEAD

Important
2 VEE
The output of the READHEAD is changed
BEARINGS by small changes in position of the
READHEAD.
RAIL

5 Press the READHEAD against the


SETTING SHIM.
ENCODER
SCALE

READHEAD
SETTINGS
SHIM
READHEAD
End VIew BRACKET
H199_1534CA

6 Apply pressure on both ends of the READHEAD BRACKET to align the READHEAD with
the ENCODER SCALE.
7 At the same time, apply pressure on the CARRIAGE to keep the 2 VEE-BEARINGS
seated on the RAILS
8 Tighten the “Offset/Pitch” SCREWS, checking that the READHEAD does not move.
9 Remove the SETTING SHIM.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 10 If the SPHERICAL WASHERS were removed in Step 4, install the WASHERS and do the
Page Aligning the READHEAD on the ROLL AXIS.
25 of 186
11 Do Checking with the VOLTMETER:
• If the minimum and maximum are within 270 - 655 mV, advance to Step 12.
• If the minimum output is below 270 - 655 mV:
– Again Adjusting the Offset “Gap” and Aligning the READHEAD on the PITCH
AXIS to reach the recommended values.
– If after some adjustments, you cannot reach the recommended values, adjust
“Pitch” to the highest output possible, then do the “Roll” adjustment if necessary.

Note
If after some “Roll” and “Pitch” adjustments, the READHEAD output is not within the values of
the “Specification”, the READHEAD is malfunctioning.

12 Disconnect:
• VOLTMETER
• READHEAD ALIGNMENT TOOL
13 Install:
• OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY
• IMAGING AY
14 Do Checking with the SERVICE TOOL.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY
Page
26 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To align the MAGNET WAY with the LINEAR TRANSLATION
MOTOR.
Specification: The LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR moves freely from end to
end in the MAGNET WAY.
Special Tools: 2 FORCER SPACERS TL-5710

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
0.6 mm (0.0256 in.)
minimum • “power” icon
2 FORCER SPACERS
• [Shut Down]
2 MAGNETS
2 Extend the IMAGING AY.
MAGNET WAY
3 Check that the 4 SCREWS are tight.
LINEAR TRANSLATION
MOTOR 4 Move the CARRIAGE to the front of the
4 SCREWS IMAGING AY.
CARRIAGE 5 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS into
the MAGNET WAY between the top of
the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR
IMAGING and the 2 MAGNETS.
AY
6 If the FORCER SPACERS do not set
Back
correctly, do the adjustment.
Front
H199_1535GA MAGNET WAY 7 Move the CARRIAGE to the back of the
IMAGING AY.
8 Do Step 5 through Step 6 again.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 9 Check that the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR moves freely from end to end in the
Page MAGNET WAY.
27 of 186

To Adjust:
1 Partially loosen the 4 SCREWS.
0.6 mm (0.0256 in.)
minimum 2 Move the CARRIAGE to the front.
2 FORCER SPACERS 3 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS into
2 MAGNETS
the MAGNET WAY between the top of
the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR
MAGNET WAY
and the 2 MAGNETS.
LINEAR TRANSLATION 4 Loosely tighten the front SCREWS.
MOTOR
5 Move the CARRIAGE to the back.
4 SCREWS
CARRIAGE
6 Insert the FORCER SPACERS. See
Step 3.
7 Loosely tighten the back 2 SCREWS.
IMAGING 8 Move the CARRIAGE to the front.
AY
9 Insert the FORCER SPACERS.
Back
10 Fully tighten the front 2 SCREWS.
Front
H199_1535GA MAGNET WAY 11 Move the CARRIAGE to the back.
12 Insert the 2 FORCER SPACERS.
13 Fully tighten the back SCREWS.
14 Move the CARRIAGE fully forward and backward until the LINEAR TRANSLATION
MOTOR moves freely from end to end on the MAGNET WAY.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 IMAGING AY - Index Delay
Page
28 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To adjust “Start of Page” timing after a SPINNER MOTOR
replacement.
Specification: A 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) gray area is on the leading edge of the film.
Special Tools: • LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER
V 5.5 or higher
• SERVICE TOOL
• CROSSOVER CABLE TL5568

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with the CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to open the SERVICE TOOL.

3 Select Configuration>MCS>Optics.
4 Click [Test Print] to run a “Ball” test print.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
29 of 186 start of page
start of page

scan direction
scan direction

Leading
edge of
FILM in
IMAGER

index delay too small index delay too large

H199_1511BA

0.5 mm(0.02 in.) wide gray area

5 Check that the gray area on the leading edge is 0.5 mm (0.02 in.), with no transparent
area appearing.

Note
• If no gray or transparent area appears, scanning started before the laser beam hit the film.
• If the area is too large, and both gray and transparent areas are visible, the image will
extend beyond the other end of the film.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 To Adjust:
Page
30 of 186

1 Observe the number of pixels displayed in the “Index Delay (pixels)” window.

Note
This number indicates the number of pixels set to obtain the gray area:
• If the gray area on the test print is too narrow, the number of pixels must be increased.
• If the area is too wide, the number of pixels must be decreased.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 2 To:
Page
31 of 186
Decrease the area on the test print, do: Increase the area on the test print, do:
a. On the test print, measure the width of Note
the gray area in mm.
If the index delay is too small, it might not be
b. Multiply the measured distance by 25 visible on the film. You will have to increase it by
to obtain the pixel width of the area. increments until it is visible.
25 pixels equals 1 mm (0.04 in.).
a. Click [Modify] and increase the number in the
c. Subtract the measured pixel width
“Index Delay (pixels)” window by 50. This will
from the displayed “Index Delay
increase the gray area by 2 mm (0.08 in.).
(pixels)” number in the window.
b. Click [Save].
d. Click [Modify].
c. Click [Test Print] and check the index delay
e. Type the number determined in Step c
area again.
into the window.
d. Do Step a through Step c until a 0.5 mm
f. Click [Save].
(0.02 in.) gray area appears on the leading
edge of the film.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 IMAGING AY - Film Skew
Page
32 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To adjust the position of the right CENTERING FINGER to
prevent image skew on the film.
Specification: • Image skew on the leading edge of the film is no more than 1
mm (0.038 in.).
• When film is moved to the center of the PLATEN:
– both CENTERING FINGERS touch the film
– all 5 PLATEN FINGERS touch the film
Special Tools: None

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
1 Run a SMPTE test print.
2 Check that the image skew on the
image skew leading edge of the film is no more than
1 mm (0.038 in.).

H
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page PLATEN TRANSPORT
33 of 186
front
ROLLER
KNOB

REGISTRATION
BAR

GEAR bottom ROLLERS

5 FINGER
H199_1536BA CARRIAGES

3 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:


• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

4 Extend the IMAGING AY.


5 Rotate the large GEAR to move the REGISTRATION BAR to the front position.
6 Lift one of the 5 FINGER CARRIAGES on the back of the PLATEN TRANSPORT to
allow film to move through the PLATEN TRANSPORT.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 7 Use the ROLLER KNOB to load a sheet
Page
34 of 186 of 14 x 17 in. film into the PLATEN
TRANSPORT.
8 Rotate the ROLLER KNOB until the film
is below the bottom ROLLERS.
9 Press down on one of the 5 FINGER
CARRIAGES to allow the PLATEN
5 PLATEN FINGERS FINGERS to engage the film.
CENTERING
FINGER 10 Use a FLASHLIGHT to check that the
edge of the film is in contact with all 5
PLATEN FINGERS.
11 If necessary, move the film until it
touches all 5 PLATEN FINGERS.
12 Move the LINK until one CENTERING
FINGER touches the film.
LINK 13 Check that both the right and left
CENTERING FINGERS CENTERING FINGERS are touching
H199_1537GA
the film.
14 Move the LINK until the CENTERING
FINGERS move the film approximately
12 mm (1/2 in.) toward the IMAGER.
15 Check that the film touches all 5
PLATEN FINGERS and both
CENTERING FINGERS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 To Adjust:
Page
35 of 186 1 Loosen the 2 NUTS on the right
right
BRACKET BRACKET.
2 Check that the film touches all 5
PLATEN FINGERS.
3 Move the LINK until the right and left
CENTERING FINGERS touch the edge
of the film.
4 Tighten the 2 NUTS.
5 Move the LINK until the CENTERING
FINGERS move the film toward the
IMAGER approximately 12 mm (1/2 in.).
LINK
right CENTERING 2 NUTS 6 Check:
FINGER
• 5 PLATEN FINGERS touch the film
• right and left CENTERING
FINGERS touch the film
7 If the specifications are not obtained,
do:
a Step 1 and Step 2.
5 PLATEN FINGERS
left CENTERING b Use the LINK to move the right
H199_1538GA
FINGER
CENTERING FINGER forward or
backward a minimum distance.
c Tighten the 2 NUTS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 8 Run a SMPTE test print.
Page
36 of 186 9 Check that the image skew is not more
than 1 mm (0.038 in.) at the leading
image skew edge. Adjust again in 1 mm (0.038 in.)
increments:
If the skew is at the top If the skew is at the
of the film: bottom of the film:
Move the right Move the right
CENTERING CENTERING
FINGER back. FINGER forward.
10 After you complete the adjustment, lift
one of the FINGER CARRIAGES to
disengage the PLATEN FINGERS from
the film.
11 Rotate the ROLLER KNOB to remove
the film from the PLATEN TRANSPORT.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 +5 V DC POWER SUPPLY
Page
37 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To adjust the output of the +5 V DC SUPPLY
Specification: The voltage measured at the + 5 V test point on the EBA
BOARD is +5.0 to +5.1 V DC.
Special Tools: VOLTMETER

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
1 Check that the system is in “ready”
mode.
SCREW
2 Open the BACK DOOR.
3 Loosen the SCREW.
4 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL.
5 Connect the VOLTMETER to the +5 V
+5 V DC test point and one of the GND test
POWER points on the EBA BOARD.
ELECTRONICS SUPPLY
PANEL 6 Check that the voltage is +5.0 to +5.1 V
DC.
7 Leave the VOLTMETER connected if an
adjustment is necessary.

J23

J13 USB

+5 V test point
EBA BOARD GND
H199_1539GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 To Adjust:
Page
38 of 186 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


POWER
MODULE Important
+5 V DC
Do not disconnect any other internal
POWER CABLES from the POWER MODULE.
SUPPLY
+5 V DC H199_1513BA
ADJUSTMENT 3 Move the POWER MODULE
approximately 15 cm (6 in.) outside the
IMAGER for access to the +5 V DC
POWER SUPPLY. See the removal
procedure in POWER MODULE.
4 Connect the POWER CORD.
5 Apply power to the IMAGER.
6 Allow 5 minutes for the SUPPLIES to be stable.
7 Rotate the +5 V DC ADJUSTMENT to obtain a +5.0 to +5.1 V DC indication on the
VOLTMETER.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 LOCAL PANEL - Calibration of the TOUCH SCREEN
Page
39 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To align the cursor positions on the TOUCH SCREEN to the
graphics on the LOCAL PANEL.
Specification: The cursor moves to your finger in the 7 test areas on the
TOUCH SCREEN.
Special Tools: STYLUS.

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
You cannot check this adjustment.

To Adjust:

Important
Do this adjustment if:
• New system software is installed.
• A new LOCAL PANEL is installed.

1 On the “Status” screen of the LOCAL PANEL, touch [Menu]. On the Main Menu, touch
[Service].
2 Type:
• 99 in the “Enter Passcode” window
• 987654 in the “Enter Passcode” window
3 Touch [OK].
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 4 On the Service screen, touch [Calibrate Touch Screen].
Page
40 of 186 Note
The “Calibration Target” screen displays.

5 Use the STYLUS to touch the TARGET at the center.

Note
A screen displays with a 1/2 TARGET at the top right edge.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621
Page 1
41 of 186 6 2
4 5

7
3

6 Use the STYLUS to touch the center of the 1/2 TARGET.


7 When the TARGETS display in new areas, touch each at the center until all 7 are
completed.
8 When the message “Touch the screen to see if the cursor moves to your finger...”.
displays, touch the screen in the 7 test areas.
9 Check that the cursor moves to your finger in the 7 test areas on the TOUCH SCREEN.
10 If the cursor operates:
Correct Not Correct
a. Touch [Yes] to leave the calibration. Touch [No] to do the calibration
again.
b. On the “TSHARC Properties”
screen, touch [Cancel].

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY
Page
42 of 186
Adjustment Specification
Purpose: To align the IDLER ROLLER with the DRIVE ROLLER.
Specification: The contact of the IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER is
parallel.
Special Tools: None

Prerequisites:
None

To Check:
1 Check the alignment of the IDLER
DRIVE ROLLER DRIVE SHAFT ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER.
a Rotate the DRIVE SHAFT in both
directions at the DRIVE GEAR.
b Check that the contact of the
IDLER ROLLER and DRIVE
ROLLER is parallel.

IDLER ROLLER DRIVE GEARS


H199_1540AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Adjustments
15JUL05
8F1621 To Adjust:
Page
43 of 186
FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY
1 Adjust the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE
AY.
DRIVE ROLLER 2 IDLER GEARS
a Rotate the DRIVE SHAFT until the
2 DOWEL PINS in the 2 DRIVE
GEARS are horizontal.
b Remove the 2 E-RINGS from the 2
DRIVE GEARS.
IDLER ROLLER 2 DRIVE GEARS
c Move the 2 DRIVE GEARS
approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.)
2 IDLER GEARS 2 DRIVE GEARS
toward the center of the DRIVE
SHAFT.
d Lift up on the IDLER ROLLER to
make it tight with the DRIVE
ROLLER.
e Carefully move the 2 DRIVE
GEARS, one at a time, toward the
2 IDLER GEARS until the GEARS
2 E-RINGS DRIVE SHAFT 2 DOWEL PINS align at the horizontal position of
H199_1541GA the DOWEL PIN.
f Install the 2 E-RINGS.
2 Check that the contact of the IDLER
ROLLER and DRIVE ROLLER is
parallel.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
Section 2: Replacements
44 of 186
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER
Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

SCREW
Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Open the BACK DOOR.
DRE COMPUTER
4 Loosen the SCREW.
ELECTRONICS PANEL 5 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL.

H199_1621AA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 6 Disconnect:
Page
45 of 186 LOCAL PANEL • 120 V AC from the UPS
CUSTOMER NETWORK
• LOCAL PANEL power/speaker
• Customer network
USB TO EBA
• USB to the EBA
LOCAL PANEL DATA • LOCAL PANEL data
• COM 2 to the EBA
COM 2 to EBA
• PS/2 to the LOCAL PANEL
120 V AC SCREW PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL
7 Remove the SCREW.
from UPS
3 SCREWS 8 Pull the DRE COMPUTER toward you.
9 Remove:

COVER
• 3 SCREWS
• COVER

H199_1620GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DRE COMPUTER - HARD DRIVE
Page
46 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.

To Remove:

4 SCREWS ESD
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

1 Remove the 4 SCREWS.


2 Disconnect the 2 CABLE
CONNECTORS.
3 Remove the HARD DRIVE.

HARD DRIVE

2 CABLE CONNECTORS

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
1 Load the new version of the system software for the DRE on the HARD DRIVE. See
Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software - “Ghosting”.
2 Restore the system configuration. See Making a Configuration Backup.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DRE COMPUTER - DVD DRIVE
Page
47 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.

To Remove:

4 SCREWS ESD
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

1 Disconnect:
• 2 CABLE CONNECTORS ON THE
HARD DRIVE
• 2 CABLE CONNECTORS ON THE
DVD DRIVE
2 Remove:
HARD DRIVE • 4 SCREWS from the bottom of the
2 CABLE CONNECTORS DRE COMPUTER
DVD DRIVE • 4 SCREWS on the two sides
2 CABLE CONNECTORS
• DVD DRIVE

4 SCREWS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
48 of 186 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DRE COMPUTER - POWER SUPPLY
Page
49 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove:
• DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER

To Remove:
DVD DRIVE 2 CABLE CONNECTORS ESD
MOTHERBOARD Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
POWER CABLE

1 Disconnect:
• 2 CABLE CONNECTORS on the
HARD DRIVE
• 2 CABLE CONNECTORS on the
DVD DRIVE
• MOTHERBOARD POWER CABLE
2 Remove:
• 2 SCREWS on the back of the
HARD DRIVE 2 CABLE CONNECTORS ENCLOSURE
• One SCREW inside the
SCREW ENCLOSURE
• POWER SUPPLY

2 SCREWS
POWER SUPPLY

ENCLOSURE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
50 of 186 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DRE COMPUTER - FANS
Page
51 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) COMPUTER and COVER.

To Remove:
4 SCREWS 2 FAN CABLES ESD
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
CABLE

1 Disconnect the 2 FAN CABLES.


2 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS for each FAN
• 2 FANS

2 FANS

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA)
Page
52 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

USB

H199_1543BA

Important
The EBA AY includes the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the EBA BOARD.

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:


• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
53 of 186 FAZ Caution
HOSE
Dangerous Voltage

VERTICAL
DUCT
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Remove the VERTICAL DUCT.
a. Remove the ELECTRONICS
PANEL.
2 SCREWS
b. Disconnect the FAZ HOSE from the
PLENUM
COUPLING
VERTICAL DUCT.
c. Remove the 2 SCREWS.

EBA BOARD
d. Disconnect the VERTICAL DUCT
from the PLENUM COUPLING.
7 SCREWS
5 Disconnect CABLES from:
• J1 - J7
• J9 - J19
• J21 - J23
2 corner
PINS 6 Remove the 7 SCREWS.
7 Pull the EBA from the 2 corner PINS.
CABLES H199_1596GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Upgrade the software in the new MCS MASTER CPU BOARD. See Upgrading the
Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and the MICRO BOARDS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 3 Upgrade the software in the new EBA BOARD and all other MICROCONTROLLERS on
Page the I2C bus that do not have compatible software. See Upgrading the
54 of 186
“Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 ROLLBACK MODULE
Page
55 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

TRACK
ROLLBACK Important
MODULE
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
FILM MODULES.
CARTRIDGE

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the


DRAWER.
2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

SLIDE
• “power” icon
SLIDE
BEARINGS
DRAWER • [Shut Down]

H199_1544AA Important
Most parts of the ROLLBACK MODULE can
be installed with the DRAWER opened,
without removing the DRAWER and
ROLLBACK MODULE.

3 If necessary, remove the DRAWER


together with the ROLLBACK MODULE,
by pulling the DRAWER from the
IMAGER on the SLIDES.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
56 of 186
Caution
• When you install the DRAWER on the SLIDES, you must check that the SLIDES are
aligned correctly with the TRACKS.
• To prevent damage to the SLIDE BEARINGS, the SLIDES must be horizontal when
inserted into the TRACKS.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 ROLLBACK CARTRIDGE PRESENCE SENSOR
Page
57 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

SCREW

SENSOR
Important
ROLLBACK This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
ROLLER
MODULES.

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the


DRAWER.
2 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to the
top of the TRAY.
3 Remove the SCREW.
TRAY

CONNECTOR
H199_1545AA
Caution
Use caution not to damage the SENSOR.

4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.


5 Remove the SENSOR.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR
Page
58 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

ROLLBACK
ROLLER Important
SCREW

SENSOR
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.
CONNECTOR
1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the
DRAWER.
2 Place the ROLLBACK ROLLER on top
of the TRAY.
3 Remove the SENSOR SCREW.

TRAY Caution
Use caution not to damage the SENSOR.
H199_1546AA
4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
5 Remove the SENSOR.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR
Page
59 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

SCREW COVER
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the


DRAWER.
SCREW 2 Remove:
SENSOR • SCREW
• COVER
• SENSOR SCREW
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove the SENSOR.

CONNECTOR
H199_1547GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 ROLLBACK MOTOR
Page
60 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES.

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER.


2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

ROLLBACK MOUNTING
PLATE SHAFT ROLLBACK
ROLLER
E-RING MOTOR

CABLE TIE

DOWEL PIN
TRAY 2 SCREWS GEAR CONNECTOR

H199_1548BA

3 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to approximately the center of the TRAY.


4 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
5 Cut the CABLE TIE.
6 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 7 Remove:
Page
61 of 186 • E-RING from the SHAFT
• GEAR
• DOWEL PIN

To Install:
1 Before you install the 2 SCREWS, rotate the ROLLBACK MOTOR on the MOUNTING
PLATE until:
• GEARS align
• ROLLBACK MOTOR is flat against the MOUNTING PLATE
2 Install a new CABLE TIE around the ROLLBACK MOTOR, next to the CONNECTOR.
3 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 ROLLBACK ROLLER
Page
62 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

Important
This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK MODULES.

FLAG GEAR
FRONT ROLLBACK BEARING
ACTUATOR LINK ROLLER
KNOB ROLLBACK
KNOB ROLLER

SPRING
E-RING

ROLLBACK
ROLLER

back
DRAWER

TRAY
front

H199_1549HA

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the DRAWER.


2 Move the ROLLBACK ROLLER to approximately the center of the TRAY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 3 From the front of the DRAWER, remove:
Page
63 of 186 • E-RING
• KNOB
• ACTUATOR GUARD
• FRONT LINK
• SPRING

Caution
You must hold the BEARING, GEAR, and FLAG at the back end of the TRAY to prevent the
items from falling.

4 From the front of the DRAWER, remove the ROLLBACK ROLLER from the BEARING,
GEAR, and FLAG on the back end.

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD
Page
64 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the ROLLBACK MODULE.

To Remove:

4 NUTS
Important
RF TAG ANTENNA BOARD This procedure applies to all 3 ROLLBACK
MODULES.

1 Rotate the ROLLBACK MODULE and


DRAWER bottom up.
2 Place the ROLLBACK MODULE and
DRAWER on a stable surface.
3 Remove the 4 NUTS.
CONNECTOR ROLLBACK
MODULE
4 Disconnect the RF TAG ANTENNA
H199_1550AA
and DRAWER BOARD from the CONNECTOR.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 RF TAG READER BOARD
Page
65 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
RF TAG READER
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
2 SCREWS
BOARD
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Remove:
4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
H199_1551AA • 4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
• 2 SCREWS
• RF TAG READER BOARD

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Energize the IMAGER.
3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the new RF TAG READER BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller”
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
Page
66 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

PICKUP AND FEED MODULE


Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
LOCK SCREW
AND FEED MODULES.

SHIPPING LOCK
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Important
H199_1552AA
The PICKUP AND FEED MODULE must be
in the up position before you engage the
SHIPPING LOCK.

2 Engage the SHIPPING LOCK.


a Loosen the LOCK SCREW.
b Move the SHIPPING LOCK fully to
the left.
c Tighten the LOCK SCREW.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 3 At the front of the IMAGER, remove the
Page PICKUP AND FEED
67 of 186 MODULE 2 SCREWS.
2 SCREWS
4 Pull the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
from the IMAGER.
5 Set the MODULE, with the bottom up,
on a stable surface.

H199_1553AA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Caution
To prevent damage, the SHIPPING LOCK must be disengaged before you apply power.

2 Disengage the SHIPPING LOCK.


a Loosen the LOCK SCREW.
b Move the SHIPPING LOCK fully to the right.
c Tighten the LOCK SCREW.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY
Page
68 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:
3 NUTS
Important
FILM FEED ROLLER
DRIVE AY This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
3 NUTS
1 Remove the 3 NUTS from each end of
the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.

Important
Do not do Step 2 for access to other parts.

2 If necessary, cut the CABLE TIE.


3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
CABLE TIE
4 Remove the FILM FEED ROLLER
DRIVE AY.
CONNECTOR

H199_1554GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
1 Adjust the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM FEED HEEL AY
Page
69 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:
E-RING PIVOT PULLEY HEEL AY
PIN

2 HEEL
DRIVE CABLE
SHAFTS

SHIPPING LOCK
4 E-RINGS

PICKUP FRAME

2 HEEL SPRINGS
H199_1555BA

1 Disengage the SHIPPING LOCK to allow the HEEL AY to move to the up position.
2 Remove:
• E-RING
• PIVOT PULLEY PIN
3 Disconnect the DRIVE CABLE from the HEEL AY.
4 Use the SPRING HOOK TL-5712 to disconnect the 2 HEEL SPRINGS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 5 Disconnect the HEEL AY from the PICKUP FRAME. Remove:
Page
70 of 186 • 4 E-RINGS
• 2 HEEL SHAFTS
6 Rotate the HEEL AY to locate other components.

Note
Normally the HEEL AY is disconnected not for replacement, but to provide access to other
components.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 HEEL PADS
Page
71 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:

SENSOR HEEL AY
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
3 HEEL PADS

1 Place the HEEL AY in the up position.

Caution
Use caution not to damage the SENSOR.

2 Carefully remove the 3 HEEL PADS.


3 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean the old
adhesive from the 3 HEELS.
4 Check that all the old adhesive is
H199_1556GA removed.

Note
If the new PADS do not adhere correctly,
operation problems can result.

To Install:
1 Remove the layer of paper from the adhesive surface of the new HEEL PAD.
2 Apply one edge of the HEEL PAD to the HEEL AY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
72 of 186
Caution
Do not to leave any air bubbles between the PAD and the HEEL AY.

3 Press the adhesive surface to the HEEL AY from one side to the other.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR and FILM AT FEED SENSOR
Page
73 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove:
• PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
• FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY

To Remove:

Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
CONNECTORS
AND FEED MODULES.

1 For either SENSOR:


a. Remove the SCREW.
b. Disconnect the CONNECTOR from
the SENSOR.

FEED ROLLER
FILM AT FEED OPEN SENSOR
SENSOR
SCREW SCREW

H199_1557GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
Do the alignment for the FILM FEED ROLLER DRIVE AY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PICKUP HOME SENSOR and CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR
Page
74 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove:
• PICKUP AND FEED MODULE
• FILM FEED HEEL AY

To Remove:

SCREW
Important
SCREW
PICKUP This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
SENSOR
AND FEED MODULES.
CUPS
ENGAGED
SENSOR 1 For either SENSOR:
a. Remove the SCREW.
b. Disconnect the CONNECTOR from
the SENSOR.

CONNECTOR

H199_1558AA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM OUT SENSOR
Page
75 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:

SCREW Important
FILM OUT SENSOR
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.

1 Remove the SCREW.


2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the
FILM OUT SENSOR.
3 Remove the FILM OUT SENSOR.

CONNECTOR H199_1559AA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR
Page
76 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:
2 SCREWS
MOUNTING PLATE
4 SCREWS Important
E-RING This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
GEAR AND FEED MODULES.
DOWEL PIN

1 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.


SHAFT

2 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR
FEED ROLLER
with the GEAR
CLOSE MOTOR
• 2 SCREWS
CONNECTOR
H199_1560GA
• MOUNTING PLATE
3 Remove from the FEED ROLLER
CLOSE MOTOR:
• E-RING
• GEAR
• DOWEL PIN

To Install:
1 Install on the SHAFT of the new FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR:
• DOWEL PIN
• GEAR
• E-RING
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
Page
77 of 186
Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM FEED DRIVE BELT
Page
78 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:

Important
DRIVE
BELT This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
SCREW AND FEED MODULES.
PULLEY
IDLER 1 Remove:
SHAFT
• SCREW
• IDLER SHAFT
• PULLEY
• 4 SCREWS
2 Move the MOTOR and PULLEY
approximately 13 mm (0.5 in.).

4 SCREWS
3 Remove the DRIVE BELT.
MOTOR
H199_1561GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM FEED MOTOR
Page
79 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:

E-RING
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
FILM FEED SHAFT AND FEED MODULES.
MOTOR
BELT
TENSIONER 1 Remove the BELT TENSIONER.
GEAR
2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the
FILM FEED MOTOR.
3 Remove:
E-RING
4 SCREWS • E-RING from the end of the SHAFT
CONNECTOR
• 4 SCREWS - T20, Torx
• FILM FEED MOTOR
• GEAR
H199_1562GA
• E-RING

To Install:
1 Install on the SHAFT:
• GEAR
• E-RING
2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PICKUP MOTOR
Page
80 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:
4 SCREWS
4 NUTS Important
BRACKET This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.
DRIVER PULLEY

PICKUP 1 Engage the SHIPPING LOCK.


MOTOR E-RING
2 Move the DRIVER PULLEY forward to
loosen the DRIVE CABLE.
3 Remove:
DRIVE CABLE
• DRIVE CABLE
• E-RING
• DRIVER PULLEY
4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR for the
PICKUP MOTOR.
CONNECTOR 5 Remove the 4 NUTS.
DRIVE CABLE 6 Lift the PICKUP MOTOR and
BRACKET up.
SHIPPING LOCK
7 Remove the 4 SCREWS to release the
H199_1563GA PICKUP MOTOR.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
81 of 186
Important
Before you install the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE in the IMAGER, you must check that the
DRIVE CABLE is installed correctly.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 VACUUM VALVE
Page
82 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:

2 NUTS
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
VACUUM
VALVE
AND FEED MODULES.

1 Disconnect:
• VACUUM HOSE
CONNECTOR
• CONNECTOR
2 Remove:
• 2 NUTS
• VACUUM VALVE
VACUUM HOSE

H199_1564GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 VACUUM PUMP
Page
83 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:

VACUM PUMP
Important
FOAM PAD This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
NUT
COVER AND FEED MODULES.
LOOP CLAMP
1 Disconnect:
BOLT
CONNECTOR • VACUUM HOSE
VACUUM HOSE
• CONNECTOR
2 Remove:
• NUT from the LOOP CLAMP
• VACUUM PUMP and adhesive
FOAM PAD
H199_1565GA

To Install:
1 Use ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL and a WIPE to clean the adhesive from the VACUUM
PUMP installation area.
2 Place the LOOP CLAMP on the PUMP.
3 Align the PUMP with FOAM PAD on the BASE.
4 Place the ends of the LOOP CLAMP on the BOLT to set the correct area for installation.
5 Remove the COVER from the FOAM PAD.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 6 With the PUMP and FOAM PAD on the installation area, press down to adhere the
Page FOAM PAD and PUMP to the BASE.
84 of 186
7 Install:
• NUT for the LOOP CLAMP
• CONNECTOR
• VACUUM HOSE on the PUMP

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SUCTION CUPS
Page
85 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PICKUP AND FEED MODULE.

To Remove:

Important
4 SUCTION CUPS This procedure applies to all 3 PICKUP
AND FEED MODULES.

1 Rotate the SUCTION CUP


counterclockwise.

H199_1

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD
Page
86 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
8 SCREWS
CARTRIDGE CONTROL
BOARD • “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage.

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Open the BACK DOOR.

H199_1567AA

4 Disconnect CABLES from:


• J100 - J102
• J200 - J202
• J300 - J302
5 Remove:
• 8 SCREWS
• CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Energize the IMAGER.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
Page in the new CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller”
87 of 186
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE
Page
88 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
LOCKING PIN
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
UPPER
FRAME
Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Open the left FRONT DOOR.
4 From the front of the IMAGER, remove
the SCREW.
5 Pull the VERTICAL TRANSPORT
MODULE forward approximately 12 mm
(0.5 in.)
6 Move the VERTICAL TRANSPORT
MODULE left to disengage it from the
SCREW LOCKING PIN on the top right.

VERTICAL TRANSPORT
H199_1568CA MODULE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
89 of 186
Caution
To prevent damage to the lower part of the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE, you must lift
and move the top of the MODULE through the UPPER FRAME when you remove it.

7 Pull the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE forward to remove it from the IMAGER.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR
Page
90 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.

To Remove:
1 If necessary, loosen the 2 GUIDE
CONNECTOR SCREWS to allow access to the
SENSOR SCREW.
PROCESSOR 2 Remove the SENSOR SCREW.
SENSOR
2 GUIDE
SCREWS
SENSOR
ACTUATOR
SCREW Caution
FLAG
Use caution not to damage the ACTUATOR
FLAG of the PROCESSOR SENSOR.

3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.


4 Remove the PROCESSOR SENSOR.

H199_1569GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 VERTICAL TRANSPORT UP and DOWN MOTORS
Page
91 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.

To Remove:
1 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
2 For either MOTOR, do:
TENSIONER
a Loosen the TENSIONER.
BELT
b Remove the BELT.
CONNECTOR
3 SCREWS c Disconnect the CONNECTOR to
the MOTOR.
d Remove:
E-RING
MOTOR • 3 SCREWS
PULLEY
• E-RING
• PULLEY
TENSIONER
• MOTOR

3 SCREWS

CONNECTOR
H199_1570CA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 VERTICAL TRANSPORT BELTS
Page
92 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE.

To Remove:
1 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
M4 SCREW 2 If the BELT has a TENSIONER, do:
a Loosen the M4 SCREW.
F b Rotate the TENSIONER to loosen
the tension and tighten the M4
TENSIONER
SCREW.
C PULLEY 3 Remove the BELTS:

BELT Action
A a. Remove:
2 E-RINGS
• 2 E-RINGS
BELT
D • both PULLEYS
B a. Remove:
• BELT A
A
G
• lower E-RING
H E • lower PULLEY
C a. Remove BELT A.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.
B
D a. Remove:
H199_1571CA
• 2 E-RINGS
• both PULLEYS
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 BELT Action
Page
93 of 186 E a. Remove:
• 2 E-RINGS
• both PULLEYS
F a. Remove BELT D.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.
G a. Remove BELTS D and E.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.
H a. Remove BELT E.
b. Loosen the TENSIONER.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 When installing the BELTS, do:
a Align the DRIVE SHAFTS and the PULLEY.
b Move the PULLEY and BELT onto both SHAFTS.
3 If the BELT uses a TENSIONER, do:

Important
The M4 SCREW for the TENSIONER must be tightened, or the TENSIONER might loosen
and cause film jams.

a After the BELT is installed, loosen the M4 SCREW to release the TENSIONER.
b Tighten the M4 SCREW.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY
Page
94 of 186 Prerequisites:
None.

To Remove:
1 Release the 2 LATCHES.

2 LATCHES 2 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• ENTRANCE GUIDE

ENTRANCE
GUIDE

4 SCREWS H199_0729ACB
H199_0729AC

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE FRAME
Page
95 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY.

To Remove:
1 Remove the 4 SCREWS.
ENTRANCE
GUIDE FRAME 2 Separate the ENTRANCE GUIDE
FRAME from the FILM GUIDE.
3 Remove both pieces of INSULATION.

INSULATION FILM GUIDE

4 SCREWS
H199_1618ACA
H199_1618AC

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE
Page
96 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - ENTRANCE GUIDE AY.

To Remove:
1 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• VERTICAL DRUM GUIDE

VERTICAL
DRUM GUIDE

4 SCREWS
H199_1623ACA
H199_1623AC

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - DRUM
Page
97 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
DRUM
COVER • [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous High Voltage.
DRUM

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Open the BACK DOOR.
LATCHES

top COVER Caution


Hot Surface.

4 Release the LATCHES.


SCREW
5 Open the DRUM COVER.
6 Allow the DRUM to cool.
7 Remove:
H199_1519GA
• SCREW
• top COVER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page 8 Loosen the BELT TENSIONER.
98 of 186
9 Remove the DRUM DRIVE BELT from
the large DRUM PULLEY.
10 Set the DRUM DRIVE BELT on the
ROTATING PROCESSOR BOARD.
DRUM DRIVE BELT
11 Holding the DRUM PULLEY on one end
of the DRUM and the KNOB on the
DRUM PULLEY
other end, lift the DRUM from the
PROCESSOR.
12 Set the DRUM on a flat surface.
ROTATING
PROCESSOR
BOARD

BELT
TENSIONER

KNOB
DRUM

DRUM PULLEY
H199_1572GA
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
99 of 186 1 Reverse the steps in the removal
DRUM procedure.
PULLEY 2 Check:
SLIP RINGS
CHASSIS SIDE • The BEARING GROOVE on the
PLATE
PULLEY end of the DRUM is
BEARING installed in the CHASSIS SIDE
GROOVE PLATE.
DRIVE • The SLIP RINGS are aligned on the
BELT
BRUSHES.
• The DRIVE BELT is placed on the
BELT TENSIONER.

BRUSHES
BELT TENSIONER H199_1573AA

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - DRUM DRIVE BELT
Page
100 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - DRUM.

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Remove the E-RING.
MAIN DRIVE
PULLEY DRUM DRIVE BELT 4 Lift the SHAFT of the MAIN DRIVE
E-RING
SHAFT PULLEY.
H199_1574AA
5 Remove the DRUM DRIVE BELT.

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - MOTOR DRIVE BELT
Page
101 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
MOTOR DRIVE BELT
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Move the MOTOR DRIVE BELT from
MAIN DRIVE the MAIN DRIVE PULLEY.
PULLEY
E-RING
SHAFT 4 Remove the E-RING.
H199_1575AA
5 Lift the SHAFT of the MAIN DRIVE
PULLEY.
6 Remove the MOTOR DRIVE BELT.

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN
Page
102 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
3 SCREWS • “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
COOLING FAN

CONNECTOR
Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Remove the 3 SCREWS.
5 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
6 Remove the COOLING FAN.

H199_1520GCA
H199_1520GC

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - UPPER FAZ TRAP
Page
103 of 186 Prerequisites
None

To Remove:
1 Remove:
DRUM
FAZ
COVER
• FRONT HOSE
HOSES
• BACK HOSE
• 4 SCREWS
2 Open the DRUM COVER.
2 SCREWS
3 Remove 6 SCREWS.
4 Tilt and hold the opened DRUM COVER
approximately 5 cm (2 in.) toward the
closed position.
5 Move the UPPER FAZ TRAP a short
distance under the DRUM COVER.
UPPER 4 SCREWS 6 Lift and remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP.
H199_0746ACA
FAZ TRAP H199_0746AC
7 Return the DRUM COVER to the fully
opened position.

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - LOWER FAZ TRAP
Page
104 of 186 Prerequisites
None

To Remove:
TOP HOOD 1 Open the TOP HOOD.
2 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
3 Pull the LOWER FAZ TRAP forward to
remove it.
2 SCREWS 4 Lift the PLATE from the FRAME.

LOWER
FAZ TRAP

PLATE

FRAME

H199 0 0 GCA

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - DRIVE MOTOR
Page
105 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the PROCESSOR - COOLING FAN.

To Install:
1 Remove:
• E-RING
• 3 SCREWS
• MOTOR
E-RING
• PULLEY
PULLEY • CONNECTOR

MOTOR

CONNECTOR

H199_1521ACA
3 SCREWS H199_1521AC

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None

PROCESSOR - BRUSH AY
Prerequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Remove:
Page
106 of 186 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
top COVER • “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
3 SCREWS
Caution
bottom Dangerous Voltage
COVER

SCREW
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the back DOOR.
PHOTODETECTOR BRACKET 4 Remove:
2 SCREWS • 3 SCREWS
BRUSH AY
• top and bottom COVERS
PLATE • SCREW
• PHOTODETECTOR BRACKET
5 Disconnect the 5 wires from the BRUSH
5 wires
AY.
H199_1576CA 6 Remove:
• 2 SCREWS to free the PLATE
• BRUSH AY
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
107 of 186 1 Reverse the steps in the removal
procedure.
BRUSH AY 2 Check that the wires are connected
correctly.

Important
red yellow Do not tighten the BRUSH AY.
blue
black 3 Align the BRUSH AY. See
PROCESSOR - BRUSHES.
green

H199_1577AA

4 Use the SERVICE TOOL to check for correct wire configuration in the PROCESSOR.
See the DIAGNOSTICS MANUAL 8E5983:

Section Procedure
Using the Diagnostics PROCESSOR HEATER Wiring

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR
Page
108 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
top COVER
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
SCREW Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 SCREWS 3 Remove:
bottom COVER • SCREW
H199_1578AA
• top COVER
4 Remove:
• 3 SCREWS
• bottom COVER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 5 Remove:
Page
PHOTODETECTOR
109 of 186 • SCREW
COVER
• STAND
2 SCREWS
6 Disconnect the PHOTODETECTOR
CABLE to the PROCESSOR CONTROL
STAND BOARD.
HOLDER
7 Disconnect the wires from the
SCREW
DETECTOR CONNECTOR.
WINDOW
8 Remove:

CONNECTOR
• 2 SCREWS
• PHOTODETECTOR with the
PHOTODETECTOR CABLE to the
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD HOLDER and the COVER from the
H199_1579AA
STAND
• PHOTODETECTOR from the
HOLDER and the COVER

To Install:

Important
When installing the PHOTODETECTOR, check that the DETECTOR WINDOW is toward the
direction of the COVER.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.


2 Align the PROCESSOR - PHOTODETECTOR.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD
Page
110 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
4 CONNECTORS • “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Open the BACK DOOR.
4 Disconnect the 4 CONNECTORS, J1 -
5 SCREWS
J4.
5 Remove:
PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD • 5 SCREWS
H199_1580AA

• PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Energize the IMAGER.
3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the new PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller”
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DENSITOMETER LIGHT SOURCE BOARD
Page
111 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
top COVER
• [Shut Down]
4 SCREWS

Caution
4 SCREWS
Dangerous Voltage
LIGHT
SOURCE
BOARD
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Remove:
2 CONNECTORS
• 4 SCREWS
LIGHT • top COVER
PIPES

H199_1581AA

4 Disconnect the 2 CONNECTORS.


5 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• LIGHT SOURCE BOARD
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
112 of 186
Important
When installing a LIGHT SOURCE BOARD, you must thread the 4 SCREWS through the
components of the LIGHT PIPES before tightening.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR
Page
113 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

4 SCREWS Caution
Dangerous Voltage
top COVER

1 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


FILM at
DENSITOMETER
2 Remove:
SENSOR
• 4 SCREWS
CONNECTOR • top COVER
2 SCREWS
BRACKET 3 Remove:
• 2 SCREWS
• BRACKET with the FILM AT
DENSITOMETER SENSOR
4 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
5 Remove:
• SCREW
• FILM AT DENSITOMETER SENSOR
H199_1524GCA
H199_1524GC

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DENSITOMETER BOARD
Page
114 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
4 SCREWS
• “power” icon
top COVER
• [Shut Down]
4 SCREWS

Caution
Dangerous Voltage
DENSITOMETER
BASE AY
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Open the TOP HOOD.
4 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• top COVER
5 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• DENSITOMETER BASE AY
DENSITOMETER 5 SCREWS 6 Rotate the DENSITOMETER BASE AY
BOARD
clockwise.
7 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.

ESD
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.

CONNECTOR H199_1523CCA
H199_1523CC
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
8 Remove:
115 of 186
• 5 SCREWS
• DENSITOMETER BOARD

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 If necessary, upgrade the software in the new DENSITOMETER BOARD. See
Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO BOARD is
Installed.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER TRAYS
Page
116 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
3 back BOLTS • “power” icon
front BOLT
• [Shut Down]
2 Remove:
5 FILM TRAYS
• 3 back BOLTS
• front BOLT
HOOD

H199_1504GCA
H199_1504GC

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 TURNAROUND AY
Page
117 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
HOOD • “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

TURNAROUND AY Caution
Dangerous Voltage
3 SCREWS
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 Lift the HOOD.
4 Disconnect the TURNAROUND MOTOR
CABLE.
TURNAROUND 5 Remove:
MOTOR CABLE
• 3 SCREWS
• TURNAROUND AY

H199_1501GCA
H199_1501GC

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 EXIT PANEL
Page
118 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
EXIT PANEL
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Lift the HOOD.
5 SCREWS 4 Remove:
• 5 SCREWS
• EXIT PANEL

H199_1502GCA
H199_1502GC

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER AY
Page
119 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
SORTER • “power” icon
CONNECTOR
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

SCREW B 2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Disconnect the SORTER
CONNECTOR.
SCREW A SCREWS D and E 4 Remove the 5 SCREWS in this
sequence:
H199_1615AA SCREW C
a. SCREW A from the front end on the
PROCESSOR.
b. Loosen, but do not remove, SCREW
B in the same position on the back
of the SORTER AY.
c. Pull the LATCH down.
d. Rotate the SORTER AY forward.
e. Remove SCREW C from the front
end.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 5 Return the SORTER AY to the up position.
Page
120 of 186 6 Remove SCREWS D and E.
7 Lift the front end of the SORTER AY.
8 Move the SORTER AY forward to release the SORTER AY from the SCREW on the back
end.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER - DRIVE SECTION
Page
121 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
SORTER
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
CONNECTOR
DRIVE SECTION • “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
IDLER
SECTION
Caution
LATCH Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect:
• POWER CORD
• SORTER CONNECTOR

2 E-RINGS
3 Check that the LATCH is closed.
2 BEARINGS 4 Disengage the DRIVE SECTION from
the IDLER SECTION.
PIVOT
SHAFT a Remove the 2 inside E-RINGS from
the PIVOT SHAFT.
H199_1582GA keyhole b Move the 2 BEARINGS toward the
slot
center of the PIVOT SHAFT.
c Use the LATCH to disconnect the
DRIVE SECTION.
d Lift the DRIVE SECTION from the
“keyhole slots” in the IDLER
SECTION.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
122 of 186 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER - STEPPER DRIVE MOTOR
Page
123 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
2 Remove the SORTER - DRIVE
SECTION.

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

3 Disconnect the PLUG from the MOTOR.


lower PLUG
COUPLER
SCREW
Important
ISOLATION
MOTOR Prevent the DOWEL PIN from falling.
SHAFT
MOUNT
4 Use a 3/32 in. ALLEN WRENCH to
DOWEL
MOTOR PIN loosen the lower COUPLER SCREW for
the MOTOR SHAFT.
2 SCREWS
5 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
H199_1583GA

6 Remove:
• MOTOR
• DOWEL PIN
7 Keep the PIN in a safe place.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
124 of 186
Caution
Excessive torque can damage the 2 SCREWS in the ISOLATION MOUNT for the MOTOR.
Do not exceed 12 in./lb of torque.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER - TORQUE ACTUATORS
Page
125 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
LATCH
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:

SORTER
• “power” icon
COVER
• [Shut Down]
5 COVER
SORTER
SCREWS

Caution
DIVERTER
BLADE Dangerous Voltage.
COUPLER
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
CONNECTOR
3 Remove:
BRACKET
• 5 COVER SCREWS
TORQUE
ACTUATOR
• SORTER COVER
SPACER
4 Disconnect the CABLE from the
2 NUTS
TORQUE ACTUATOR.
5 Use a 5/64 in. ALLEN WRENCH to
CABLE
H199_1584CA
2 COUPLER SCREWS loosen the 2 COUPLER SCREWS to
free the DIVERTER BLADE.
6 Pull the LATCH down and rotate the SORTER forward.
7 Remove the DIVERTER BLADE from the COUPLER.
8 Close the SORTER.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 9 Remove:
Page
126 of 186 • COUPLER from the TORQUE ACTUATOR
• 2 NUTS that hold the TORQUE ACTUATOR to the BRACKET
10 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the BRACKET.
11 Remove the TORQUE ACTUATOR with the SPACER.

To Install:

Caution
Excessive torque can damage the 2 COUPLER SCREWS. Do not exceed 3 in./lb of torque.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER - EMITTER BOARD
Page
127 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the SORTER - DRIVE SECTION.

To Remove:
CABLE 1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
PLUG
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
EMITTER
PARABOLIC
BOARD
REFLECTOR
Caution
Dangerous Voltage
LED
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.

ESD
3 SCREWS
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
H199_1585GA

3 Remove:
• 3 SCREWS
• EMITTER BOARD
• CABLE PLUG
4 Remove the PARABOLIC REFLECTOR from the LED on the EMITTER BOARD for use
on the new BOARD.

To Install:
1 Install the PARABOLIC REFLECTOR on the new EMITTER BOARD.
2 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER - DETECTOR BOARD
Page
128 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
SORTER COVER
5 COVER
• “power” icon
SCREWS • [Shut Down]

Caution
DETECTOR Dangerous Voltage
BOARD
CABLE
2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
3 SCREWS
3 Remove:
• 5 COVER SCREWS
• SORTER COVER
4 Remove:
H199_1586GA • 3 SCREWS
• CABLE
• DETECTOR BOARD

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SORTER CONTROL BOARD
Page
129 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
LATCH
COVER SORTER
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


3 Remove:
5 SCREWS

• 5 SCREWS
4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
SORTER CONTROL
BOARD • COVER
6 SCREWS
4 Pull the LATCH down.
5 Rotate the SORTER forward.

ESD
Possible damage from electrostatic discharge.
H199_1587CA

6 Remove:
• 4 CONNECTOR PLUGS
• 6 SCREWS
• SORTER CONTROL BOARD

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 2 Energize the IMAGER.
Page
130 of 186 3 If a 20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the new SORTER CONTROL BOARD. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller”
Application when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 IMAGING AY
Page
131 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

Important
This procedure extends the IMAGING AY from the IMAGER on the SLIDES. It does not
remove the IMAGING AY from the IMAGER.

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:


• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Disconnect the POWER CORD.

3 CABLES 3 Open the BACK DOOR.


4 At the back of the IMAGER, do:
2 SCREWS a Disconnect the 3 CABLES.
b Remove the 2 SCREWS.
5 Open the left FRONT DOOR.
6 Extend the IMAGING AY from the
IMAGER.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
132 of 186 1 Press down on the right STOP LEVER
and up on the left STOP LEVER to
IMAGING AY
release the SLIDES.
2 Reverse the steps in the removal
procedure.

STOP LEVER

H199_1588AA SLIDES

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT
Page
133 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
FEED
MOTOR CABLE TIES 2 Remove:
CABLE
2 CABLE • SCREW
HARNESSES
SENSOR • SENSOR BRACKET AY
BRACKET AY
3 Remove the CABLE TIES holding the 2
SHIPPING
BRACKET CABLE HARNESSES to the back of the
SCREW PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT.
4 SCREWS
PLATEN LOAD 4 Disconnect:
MOTOR CARRIAGE AY
CONNECTOR
PLATEN AY
• CABLE from the FEED MOTOR
• PLATEN LOAD MOTOR
CONNECTOR
5 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• SHIPPING BRACKET
H199_1589GA
6 Move:
• CARRIAGE AY to the center of the
PLATEN AY
• PLATEN AY fully to the side
opposite the PLATEN FILM
TRANSPORT
7 Carefully lift and remove the PLATEN
FILM TRANSPORT from the PLATEN
AY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
134 of 186 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Install new CABLE TIES to hold the 2 CABLE HARNESSES.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR
Page
135 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
PLATEN SWEEP
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 SCREWS
MOTOR GEAR 2 Disconnect:
• CONNECTOR from the PLATEN
SWEEP MOTOR
• E-RING
E-RING
3 Remove the GEAR.
4 Remove:
CONNECTOR • 2 SCREWS
• PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR

H199_1590GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN FEED MOTOR
Page
136 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
PLATEN FEED MOTOR
2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR from the
E-RING
PLATEN FEED MOTOR.
2 SCREWS
3 Remove:
CONNECTOR
GEAR
• E-RING
• GEAR
• 2 SCREWS
• PLATEN FEED MOTOR

H199_1591GA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN LOAD MOTOR
Page
137 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
3 Remove:
• 2 MOTOR SCREWS
• PLATEN LOAD MOTOR
2 PLATE
SCREWS • 2 PLATE SCREWS
PLATE • PLATE
PLATEN LOAD
MOTOR
CONNECTOR 2 MOTOR
H199_1592GA SCREWS

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN CENTERING MOTOR
Page
138 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove the E-RING.
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove:
• 2 SCREWS
• MOTOR BRACKET
• MOTOR
MOTOR CONNECTOR
• 4 SCREWS
BRACKET
• MOTOR from the MOTOR
E-RING
4 SCREWS
2 SCREWS MOTOR H199_1593SS
BRACKET

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN FILM CENTERING AY
Page
139 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

2 LINK NUTS
2 SLOTS
IMAGING AY

LINK
MOTOR
right BRACKET AY
LEAD SCREW
E-RING
right BRACKET AY LINK
H199_1594BA

2 NUTS

1 Extend the IMAGING AY.


2 On the right side of the IMAGING AY, do:
a Make a mark of the position of the 2 NUTS above the 2 SLOTS in the right
BRACKET AY to provide a reference for installation.
b Remove the E-RING.
c Disengage the LEAD SCREW from the LINK.
d Rotate the LEAD SCREW into the MOTOR.
e Remove:
• 2 NUTS in the right BRACKET AY
• 2 LINK NUTS
• right BRACKET AY
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 3 On the left side of the IMAGING AY,
Page
140 of 186 remove:
2 SLIDE SCREWS • 4 NUTS
• left BRACKET AY
4 NUTS
LINK • LINK
4 For each CENTERING SLIDE, do:
a Move the SLIDE left and right for
CENTERING
SLIDES
access to the 2 SLIDE SCREWS.
left BRACKET AY
b Remove the 2 SLIDE SCREWS.
BRACKET AY SPRING 5 Lower and remove the CENTERING
SLIDES.
6 If necessary to disassemble either
BRACKET AY, remove:
• SCREW
FINGER

H199_1616GA
RETAINER SCREW • RETAINER
• SPRING
• FINGER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
141 of 186

right CENTERING FINGER


2 LINK NUTS
PLATEN

left BRACKET AY CENTERING SLIDES

LINK 2 SLIDE
SCREWS
right BRACKET AY

LINK
H199_1599BA BRACKET AY
2 NUTS

1 Fasten the left CENTERING SLIDES to the PLATEN with the 2 SLIDE SCREWS.
2 Connect the LINK to the left CENTERING SLIDE with the 2 NUTS.
3 Insert the right CENTERING SLIDE into the LINK.
4 Connect the LINK to the right CENTERING SLIDE loosely with the 2 LINK NUTS.
5 If necessary, install on each BRACKET AY:
• FINGER
• RETAINER
• SPRING
• SCREW
6 Install the 2 BRACKET AYs.
a Tighten the 2 NUTS on the left BRACKET AY.
b Leave the 2 NUTS loose on the right BRACKET AY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
142 of 186

SENSOR 2 LINK
FEET NUTS LEAD SCREW

E-RING LINK

H199_1600BA
FLAG

7 Move the LINK to place the FLAG next to the SENSOR FEET.
8 If necessary, rotate the LINK until the FLAG is in the center between the SENSOR FEET.
9 Tighten the 2 LINK NUTS.
10 Install:
• LEAD SCREW in LINK
• E-RING
11 Install the IMAGING AY.

Postrequisites:
1 Do the adjustment for IMAGING AY - Film Skew.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR
Page
143 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
PLATEN TRANSPORT
2 Remove:
• SCREW
• SENSOR BRACKET
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
SENSOR
BRACKET 4 Remove:
SCREW • SCREW
PINS
CONNECTOR • PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR

SCREW

PLATEN LOAD
HOME SENSOR

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Check that the PINS on the SENSOR BRACKET are in the holes on the back of the
PLATEN TRANSPORT.

Note
The SENSOR BRACKET must be tight against the PLATEN TRANSPORT.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR
Page
144 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
PLATEN TRANSPORT 2 Remove:
SCREW
• SCREW

FILM AT
• SENSOR BRACKET
PLATEN SENSOR 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.

CONNECTOR 4 Remove:
SENSOR • SCREW
BRACKET
• FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR
SCREW
PINS

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.
2 Check that the PINS on the SENSOR BRACKET are in the holes on the back of the
PLATEN TRANSPORT.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN CENTERING HOME SENSOR
Page
145 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.

IMAGING AY
4 Remove:
• SCREW
• SENSOR

2 SCREWS

SCREW

SENSOR
H199_1603AA
CONNECTOR

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR
Page
146 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 Remove:
• 2 SCREWS
• MOUNTING PLATE
SCREW 3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
PLATEN SWEEP 4 Remove:
HOME SENSOR
• SCREW
• PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENSOR

2 SCREWS

CONNECTOR MOUNTING
PLATE

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 START OF PAGE SENSOR BOARD
Page
147 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
PLATEN AY
2 PINS SENSOR BRACKET
2 On the bottom left corner at the back of
the PLATEN AY, remove:
• 2 SCREWS
• SENSOR BRACKET
3 Disconnect the CONNECTOR.
4 Remove the START OF PAGE
SENSOR BOARD from the 2 PINS.

2 SCREWS
START OF PAGE
SENSOR BOARD CONNECTOR H199_1605AA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 TRANSLATION HOME and TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS
Page
148 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
4 SCREWS

OPTICS 2 From the OPTICS CONTROL BOARD,


ELECTRONICS AY disconnect:
OPTICS
CABLE to CONTROL
• CABLE to the LASER DRIVER
LASER DRIVER BOARD BOARD
BOARD
CABLE to • CABLE to the ATTENUATOR
ATTENUATOR MOTOR
MOTOR
CABLE to SCREW
ATTENUATOR
• CABLE to the ATTENUATOR HOME
HOME SENSOR
SENSOR
PLUG 3 Remove the 4 SCREWS.

TRANSLATION
4 Lift the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY for
HOME SENSOR access to the 2 SENSORS.

TRANSLATION 5 Remove the SENSORS.


LIMIT SENSOR
H199_1515AA
a Remove the SCREW.
b Disconnect the PLUG.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 MAGNET WAY
Page
149 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
2 SCREWS
OPTICS 2 Move the OPTICS to the center of the
IMAGING AY.
3 Remove the 2 SCREWS from each end
of the MAGNET WAY.
4 Move the OPTICS to the front end of
the IMAGING AY.
5 Lift the back end of the MAGNET WAY
and carefully extend it toward the back
of the IMAGING AY to free the
back MAGNET WAY from the OPTICS.
MAGNET WAY

front IMAGING AY
H199_1606AA

To Install:

Important
• Do not tighten the 2 SCREWS for the MAGNET WAY.
• Do not install the IMAGING AY in the IMAGER.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites
1 Do the adjustment procedure for the IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY
Page
150 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
4 SCREWS

OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY TRANSLATION
MOTOR 2 SPINNER
OPTICS FANS
CABLE MOTOR
CABLE
CABLES

LASER DRIVER
BOARD CABLE
DATA
CABLE J6B READHEAD WIRE
ATTENUATOR
CABLE TIE
MOTOR CABLE
POWER WIRE TIE
CABLE J6A
TRANSLATION
CABLE LIMIT
CLAMP SENSORS
CABLE
ATTENUATOR
HOME SENSOR
CABLE view - back

H199_1516BA

1 Extend the IMAGING AY.


2 Open the CABLE CLAMP.
3 Cut the 2 WIRE TIES.
4 Disconnect:
• DATA CABLE J6B
• POWER CABLE J6A
• LASER DRIVER BOARD CABLE
• ATTENUATOR MOTOR CABLE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 • ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR CABLE
Page
151 of 186 • OPTICS FANS CABLE
• READHEAD CABLE
• TRANSLATION MOTOR CABLE
• TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSORS CABLE
• 2 SPINNER MOTOR CABLES
5 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal
procedure.

Caution
The CABLES at the back of the OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY must not be in the path
of the ACTUATOR to the back LIMIT
SENSOR.

2 Install the TIE-WRAP to place the


CABLES to the left, from the path to the
LIMIT SENSORS.
3 After installing the IMAGING AY in the
CABLES TIE-WRAP path to IMAGER, energize the IMAGER.
LIMIT SENSORS
and ACTUATOR 4 If a 20-156 error occurs, upgrade the
software in the new OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY. See Upgrading the
“Microcontroller” Application when a
New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 Postrequisites
Page
152 of 186 None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY
Page
153 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Extend the IMAGING AY.
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY
RAILS 2 Move the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY
OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY to approximately the center of the
PLATEN AY.
SPACER
3 Remove:
GEAR • 4 SCREWS
• BRACE
4 Locate the SPACER used to lift the
DATA CABLE
J6B
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY from the
RAILS.
POWER CABLE J6A
BRACE CABLE CLAMP 5 Place the SPACER under the OPTICS
4 SCREWS MAGNET WAY ELECTRONICS AY on top of the
PLATEN AY
H199_1607GA REGISTRATION BAR MAGNET WAY.
6 Open the CABLE CLAMP.
7 Disconnect:
• POWER CABLE J6A
• DATA CABLE J6B
8 Rotate the large GEAR to move the
REGISTRATION BAR to the center
bottom of the PLATEN AY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621
Page 9 From the ends of the RAILS, remove:
154 of 186 SHOULDER SCREW
• 3 RAIL SCREWS
• SHOULDER SCREW
2 SCREWS
MAGNET WAY

CARRIAGE Caution
OPTICS Use caution not to cause damage to the
ELECTRONICS AY
RAILS.

10 Carefully pull the RAILS from the front


of the IMAGING AY.
"cutouts" 11 Set the RAILS on a stable surface with
LEAD SCREW the “axially polished” surface up.
12 Remove the SPACER from under the
ATTENUATOR MOTOR OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY.
PLATEN
13 Remove the 2 SCREWS from each end
RAILS
of the MAGNET WAY.
IMAGING AY
3 RAIL SCREWS
SPACER 14 Move the CARRIAGE to align the LEAD
H199_1608GA
SCREW of the ATTENUATOR MOTOR
with one of the “cutouts” on the
PLATEN.

Caution
When you remove the OPTICS
ELECTRONICS AY, the LEAD SCREW must
not hit the PLATEN.

15 Holding the MAGNET WAY on both sides of the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY, carefully lift
and remove it.
16 Set the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY on a stable surface.
17 Remove the MAGNET WAY from the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page OPTICS
155 of 186 IMAGING AY SPACER ELECTRONIC AY
RAIL SCREWS SHOULDER
SCREW
READHEAD

front
OPTICS AND
RAILS ENCODER
CARRIAGE AY
SCALE
H199_1609BA front MAGNET WAY
1 Insert the MAGNET WAY into the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY.
2 Install the OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY in reverse order of the removal procedure.
3 Before installing the RAILS, insert the SPACER under the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY.

Caution
Use caution not to jam the RAIL against the READHEAD.

4 Carefully install the RAILS from the front of the IMAGING AY. The ENCODER SCALE on
the left RAIL must be set correctly.
5 When you install the RAIL SCREWS, you must install the SHOULDER SCREW first.
6 After installing the RAILS, remove the SPACER and store it.
7 Clean the RAILS and ENCODER SCALE with ALCOHOL WIPES. See PREVENTIVE
MAINTENANCE 8E5987:

Section Procedure
Maintenance Plan Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 Postrequisites:
Page
156 of 186 1 Adjust the space between the MAGNET WAY and the LINEAR TRANSLATION MOTOR.
See IMAGING AY - MAGNET WAY.
2 Do the VOLTMETER check of READHEAD alignment. See IMAGING AY - ENCODER
READHEAD.
3 After installing the IMAGING AY in the IMAGER, energize the IMAGER.
4 If an error 20-156 occurs, indicating the software is not compatible, upgrade the software
in the OPTICS ELECTRONICS AY. See Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application
when a New MICRO BOARD is Installed.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 POWER MODULE
Page
157 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]

Caution
Dangerous Voltage

2 Open the FRONT DOOR.


3 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
2 SCREWS
view - FRONT DOOR 4 Disconnect the POWER CORD.
5 Open the BACK DOOR.
6 Loosen the SCREW.
7 Remove the ELECTRONICS PANEL.
SCREW

POWER SUPPLY

ELECTRONICS PANEL

view - BACK DOOR H199_1622GA


ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 8 Remove the 2 SCREWS.
Page 2 SCREWS
158 of 186 9 Move the POWER MODULE
approximately 1/2 of the normal position
from the IMAGER.
10 Disconnect CABLE A.
11 Move the POWER MODULE
approximately 3/4 of the normal position
from the IMAGER.
CABLE A 12 Disconnect:

CABLE B • CABLE B
• CABLE C
CABLE C
POWER 13 Remove the POWER MODULE from
MODULE the IMAGER.
H199_1514BA

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 BACK DOOR
Page
159 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Open the BACK DOOR to 90 degrees
top HINGE
SCREW
from the back of the IMAGER.

Important
This SCREW is in a vertical groove and the
DOOR moves on the SCREW when you
loosen the other SCREWS.
6 center
HINGE SCREWS
2 Loosen the bottom HINGE SCREW.
3 Loosen the 6 center HINGE SCREWS.

Note
The 6 SCREWS are in the horizontal
grooves.
bottom HINGE
BACK DOOR SCREW H199_1595HA

4 Hold the DOOR to keep it from falling.


5 Remove the top HINGE SCREW.
6 Lower the outside corner of the DOOR to the floor.

Caution
The weight of the DOOR is 57 lbs. You must use 2 persons to lift the DOOR.

7 Lift the DOOR from the bottom HINGE SCREW.


ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
160 of 186 1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 ELECTRONICS PANEL
Page
161 of 186 Prerequisites:
None.

To Remove:
1 Open the BACK DOOR.
2 Loosen the SCREW.
3 Disengage the ELECTRONICS PANEL
from the bottom of the FRAME.
SCREW

ELECTRONICS PANEL

H199_1597AA

To Install:
Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DRAWER PANELS
Page
162 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

DRAWER
PANEL Important
This procedure applies to all 3 DRAWERS.

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the


DRAWER.
2 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW on the
CAPTIVE
left side of the DRAWER PANEL.
SCREW
Note
The CAPTIVE SCREW must be loosened to
free the DRAWER PANEL.

3 Hold the DRAWER PANEL with your left


H199_1610GA
hand and hit the right side of the
DRAWER PANEL with your right hand
to loosen the DRAWER PANEL.
4 Remove the DRAWER PANEL.

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 SIDE PANELS
Page
163 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Open the 2 bottom DRAWERS.
2 SCREWS
2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
SIDE
PANEL • [Shut Down]
3 Remove:
DRAWERS • 2 SCREWS from the bottom of the
right SIDE PANEL
2 SCREWS
• 2 SCREWS from the front edge of
the right SIDE PANEL
• 2 SCREWS from the top of the right
SIDE PANEL
• right SIDE PANEL
4 Remove:
• 2 SCREWS from the bottom of the
left SIDE PANEL
• 2 SCREWS from the top of the left
2 SCREWS SIDE PANEL

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DRAWER LATCH AY
Page
164 of 186 Prerequisites:
1 Remove the right SIDE PANELS.

To Remove:

DRAWER
Important
This procedure applies to all 3 DRAWER
LATCHES.

1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:


3 SCREWS
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
DRAWER 2 Remove the right SIDE PANELS.
LATCH AY
3 Remove:
• 3 SCREWS
• DRAWER LATCH AY

H199_1611GA
• DRAWER
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
165 of 186

Important
FLANGE
Do not tighten the 3 SCREWS at this time.
4 mm
SPACER
DRAWER 1 Install:
• DRAWER LATCH AY
• 3 SCREWS

Important
The 4 mm SPACER is stored behind the
right DOOR at the front of the IMAGER.

2 Set the position of the DRAWER


3 SCREWS LATCH AY.
a Insert the 4 mm SPACER between
the DRAWER and the FLANGE.
b Press the DRAWER in against the
SPACER to lock the LATCH.
LATCH
c Use a SCREWDRIVER to press
the LATCH fully to the back
position.
DRAWER
LATCH AY d Tighten the 3 SCREWS.
3 Open and close the DRAWER 2 or 3
H199_1612CA
times to check that the DRAWER
closes correctly.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DOOR LATCH AY
Page
166 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:

1 Use the LOCAL PANEL to open the left


CAPTIVE 3 SCREWS
SCREW
FRONT DOOR.
2 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
3 Open the right FRONT DOOR.
4 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW.
5 Remove:
• FILTER
• 2 SCREWS
• COVER
• 3 SCREWS
FILTER COVER 2 SCREWS LATCH AY • LATCH AY
f

right FRONT DOOR


ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 To Install:
Page
167 of 186

Important
FLANGE Do not tighten the SCREWS at this time.
4 mm
SPACER
1 Install:
DRAWER
• LATCH AY
• 3 SCREWS

Important
The 4 mm SPACER is stored behind the
right DOOR.

2 Adjust the position of the LATCH AY.


a Locate the 4 mm SPACER.
3 SCREWS b Insert the SPACER inside the
DOOR FRAME.
c Press the DOOR in against the
SPACER to lock the LATCH.
d Use a SCREWDRIVER to press
the LATCH fully to the back
LATCH position.
e Tighten the 3 SCREWS.
3 Remove the SPACER.
DRAWER
LATCH AY 4 Close and open the DOOR 2 or 3 times
. to check that the DOOR operates
H199_1612CA
correctly.
5 Store the SPACER inside the right
DOOR.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 Postrequisites:
Page
168 of 186 None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 LOCAL PANEL
Page
169 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 De-energize the IMAGER. Touch:
3 CABLES 2 SCREWS
• “power” icon
• [Shut Down]
2 Open the TOP HOOD.
3 Disconnect the 3 CABLES.
4 Remove the 3 SCREWS.
5 Hold the LOCAL PANEL and remove
the 2 SCREWS.
6 Hold the LOCAL PANEL and carefully
remove it.
LOCAL PANEL 3 SCREWS

To Install:

Caution
The LOCAL PANEL must be installed in the normal position before the TOP HOOD is closed.

1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Replacements
15JUL05
8F1621 DUCT FILTER DOOR
Page
170 of 186 Prerequisites:
None

To Remove:
1 Open the lower LOWER RIGHT FRONT
DOOR.
2 Press in on the DOOR LEVER.
3 Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.
DUCT FILTER
DOOR 4 Pull the DUCT FILTER DOOR to
disengage it from the CHARCOAL
FILTER.

LEVER
WIRE LATCH
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR

H199_0736ACA
H199_0736AC

To Install:
1 Reverse the steps in the removal procedure.

Postrequisites:
None
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
Section 3: Additional Service Procedures
171 of 186
Making a Configuration Backup
1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to display the SERVICE TOOL on your
LAPTOP COMPUTER.
3 Select Utilities>Backup/Restore.

4 To make a backup of the configuration parameters to the DRE HARD DISK and the
CompactFlash CARD, click [Backup].
5 To download the backup data to a FLOPPY DISKETTE, do:
a Click [Download Backup].
b When the “Save Copy As” screen displays, select “3 1/2 Floppy”.
c Insert a FLOPPY DISKETTE into the DRIVE on your LAPTOP COMPUTER.
d Select a folder name to place the file in.
e Click [Save] to place the backup file on the FLOPPY DISKETTE.
f Store the FLOPPY DISKETTE in the POUCH inside the right FRONT DOOR.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 Restoring Configuration
Page
172 of 186 1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.
2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to display the SERVICE TOOL on your
LAPTOP COMPUTER.
3 Select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
4 To restore backup data from the CompactFlash CARD to the DRE HARD DRIVE, do:

a Select “Restore” at the top of the screen.


b Click [Restore].
5 To upload stored configuration data from a FLOPPY DISKETTE to the DRE, do:
a Select the “Upload Configuration File” check box.
b Click [Browse].
c When the “Choose File” screen displays, load the FLOPPY DISKETTE.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 d Select:
Page
173 of 186 • “3 1/2 Floppy”
• The file name
e Click:
• [Open]
• [Restore]
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 Upgrading the DRE with a New Version of the System Software -
Page
174 of 186 “Ghosting”
Special Tools
• LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL
• CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
• “Ghost” Image of the system software on CD1 of 2

Important
This “generic” procedure is provided only for reference. The “ghosting” procedure will change
with each new software version.
• When you upgrade the system software, you must use the instructions provided with the
software.
• Do not use the following “generic” procedure.

1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.


2 Renew the DHCP connection between the LAPTOP COMPUTER and the IMAGER.

For Windows 2000 or Windows NT


For Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEMS
OPERATING SYSTEMS
a. Open the DOS window. a. Select Start>Run.
b. Type: ipconfig /release b. Type: winipcfg
c. Type: ipconfig /renew c. Select “network adapter”.
d. Click:
• [Release All]
• [Renew All]
Note
You can also renew the DHCP connection by booting your LAPTOP COMPUTER when it is
set for DHCP and connected to the IMAGER.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 3 Open “SecureLink Client” on the LAPTOP COMPUTER.
Page
175 of 186

4 Type your password.


5 Click [OK].

6 Select the name of the IMAGER from the “Server” window drop-down menu.
Note
If the name of the IMAGER is not in the drop-down menu, you can type it into the window.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 7 In the “IP Address” window, type: 192.168.0.1
Page
176 of 186 8 Leave the “Port” window value at 443.
9 Click:
• [Save Server]
• [Connect]

Note
When the “plug” graphic closes and appears green, the connection with the IMAGER is
complete.

10 Select Start>Programs>Kodak>Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL.

11 From the Main Menu, select Utilities>Backup/Restore.


12 Click:
• [Backup]
• [Download Backup]
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 13 Save a copy of the configuration to a FLOPPY DISKETTE.
Page
177 of 186 Note
This backup file will be used at the end of the upgrade procedure to restore the configuration.

14 Insert CD1 of the system software into the DVD DRIVE of the IMAGER.

Note
This CD includes the following files: “BOOTCAT.BIN”, “BOOTIMG.BIN”, and
“DREIMAGE.GHO”.

15 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Utilities>Session>Restart.


16 When asked, “Are you sure you want to restart?”, click [Restart].

Note
“Ghosting” begins after the IMAGER boots from the DVD DRIVE. The IMAGER beeps 3 times
when the procedure is completed.

17 Remove the CD from the DVD DRIVE.


18 Use the POWER SWITCH to de-energize the IMAGER.
19 Wait until the LOCAL PANEL is blank.
20 Energize the IMAGER.
21 At the LOCAL PANEL, select the “Service” function:
• For User ID, type: 99
• For Passcode, type: 987654
22 Select the “Calibrate Touch Screen” function.
23 Use a STYLUS or a PEN to touch the red centers of the TARGETS that appear on the
screen.
24 Click [OK].
25 Do Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU BOARD and
the MICRO BOARDS.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 Upgrading the Software Applications for the MCS MASTER CPU
Page
178 of 186 BOARD and the MICRO BOARDS

Important
You must do this procedure when:
• The DRE is “ghosted” with a new version of system software.
• A new EBA AY is installed.

Special Tools
• LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL
• CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568
• Software for MCS MASTER CPU and MICRO BOARDS

Important
The HOOD of the IMAGER must remain closed, and the IMAGER must remain energized
during this procedure. If power is de-energized during the upgrade, the MCS MICRO could be
not stable, and a new MICRO BOARD might have to be installed.

1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.


2 Select Start>Settings>Control Panel>Power Options to check the “power save” setup
for your LAPTOP COMPUTER.
3 Check:
• “Turn off hard disks” is set to “Never”.
• “System standby” is set to “Never” or “After 30 mins”.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 4 Renew the DHCP connection between the LAPTOP COMPUTER and the IMAGER:
Page
179 of 186
For Windows 2000 or Windows NT
For Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEMS
OPERATING SYSTEMS
a. Open the DOS window. a. Select Start>Run.
b. Type: ipconfig /release b. Type: winipcfg
c. Type: ipconfig /renew c. Select “network adapter”.
d. Click:
• [Release All]
• [Renew All]

Note
You can also renew the DHCP connection by booting the LAPTOP COMPUTER when set for
DHCP and connected to the IMAGER.

5 Open “SecureLink Client” on the LAPTOP COMPUTER.

6 Type your password.


7 Click [OK].
8 On the “SecureLink Client” screen, use the drop-down menu to select the device you
want to connect to.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 9 Click [Connect].
Page
180 of 186 Note
When the “plug” graphic closes and appears green, the connection with the IMAGER is
complete.

10 Select Start>Programs>Kodak>Service WebLink to display the SERVICE TOOL.

11 If you did not load new DRE software before this MCS upgrade, make a backup of the
system configuration.
a Select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
b Click [Backup] to save the system configuration.
c Click [Download Backup].
d Save a copy of the configuration to a FLOPPY DISKETTE in your LAPTOP
COMPUTER.
12 Select Upgrade>Application.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 13 Insert CD2 of 2, including MCS and MICRO software, into the LAPTOP COMPUTER.
Page
181 of 186 Note
You should check that this CD has folders with the “MCS” and “Synergy Service Tool”.

14 On the “Application Upgrade” screen, click [Browse] to locate a file name similar to
“MCS030822.msi”.

Note
The “msi” file name, which identifies the MCS software, is not the same for each version.

15 Click [Run].

Note
The following process begins:
• A “10-910 MCS Communications Down” error will display on the LOCAL PANEL.
• In approximately 30 seconds, “Upgrade in progress” will display in the “Status” window.
• “Action start” will display in the “Summary” window.
• In approximately 10 minutes, “Upgrade Completed” will display in the “Summary” window.

16 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Upgrade>Microcontrollers.


ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
182 of 186

Note
The version numbers identified above are not the same for all systems. The “Micro Version”
and “MCS Version” numbers must be the same for any one system.

17 Compare the software version in the “Micro Version” list with the version in the “MCS
Version” list.
18 Select the check box by each “Microcontroller” name for all version numbers that are not
the same.
19 Click [Update].

Note
Status messages will indicate the status of the upgrade.

20 When the upgrade completes, check that the version numbers in the 2 lists agree.
21 When the upgrade completes, select Utilities>Session>Restart.
22 Click [Restart].
23 To restore the system configuration, select Utilities>Backup/Restore.
24 Select “Restore” from the top of the “System Backup and Restore” screen.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
183 of 186

25 Select the “Upload Configuration File” check box.


26 Click [Browse] to locate the system configuration file you downloaded to a FLOPPY
DISKETTE.
27 Click [Restore].
28 Select Utilities>Sessions>Restart.
29 Click [Restart].
30 Select:
• Configuration>System>Network to check that the IP Address is successfully restored
• Configuration>DICOM SCP>SCP Services to check that the SCU configuration
configuration parameters are restored
31 When the LOCAL PANEL indicates that the IMAGER is “Ready”, check the “zone”
temperatures of the PROCESSOR. See PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM.
32 If necessary, adjust the temperatures.
33 Run test prints from each connected SCU.
34 Check the image quality of the test prints with the customer.
35 Close the “Service WebLink” and “SecureLink Client” window.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 Upgrading the “Microcontroller” Application when a New MICRO
Page
184 of 186 BOARD is Installed

Important
You must do this procedure when a new MICRO BOARD is installed on the I2C BUS, and a
20-156 error occurs, indicating the software is not compatible in the new BOARD.

Special Tools
• LAPTOP COMPUTER and SERVICE TOOL
• CROSSOVER CABLE TL-5568

Important
The HOOD of the IMAGER must remain closed and the IMAGER must remain energized
during this procedure. If power is de-energized during the upgrade, the MICRO could be left
not stable, and a new MICRO BOARD might have to be installed.

1 Connect the LAPTOP COMPUTER to the IMAGER with a CROSSOVER CABLE.


2 Use “SecureLink” and the “Service WebLink” to display the SERVICE TOOL.
3 From the Main Menu of the SERVICE TOOL, select Upgrade>Microcontrollers.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621
Page
185 of 186

Note
The version numbers identified above are not the same for all systems. The “Micro Version”
and “MCS Version” numbers must be the same for any one system.

4 Compare the software version in the “Micro Version” list with the version in the “MCS
Version” list.
5 Select the check box by each “Microcontroller” name for all version numbers that are not
the same.
6 Click [Update].

Note
Status messages will indicate the status of the upgrade.

7 When the upgrade completes, check that the version numbers in the 2 lists agree.
ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS Additional Service Procedures
15JUL05
8F1621 Publication History
Page
186 of 186
Publication Publication Changed
ECO No. File Name Notes
Date No. Pages
15JUL05 8F1621 CN0006110 -- 8f1621.fm • New Publication
• Rev A - Serial
Number 89005001
and Above

Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1621.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY


Rochester, NY 14650 HEALTH GROUP
© EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2006 HEALTH GROUP

{PreventiveMaint}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal} Publication No. 8F1623


18OCT06

Confidential
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Restricted
Information for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878

Important
Qualified service personnel must do these procedures.

H199_0500AC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the
Page subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication.
2 of 46
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and
makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be
liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any
use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault.

This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents
Description Page

Necessary Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Maintenance Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR . . . . . . . 11
Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Cleaning the DRUM COVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Cleaning the DRUM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY . . . . . . . 28
Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Cleaning the COOLING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cleaning the DENSITOMETER LOWER GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Assembling the PROCESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Installing a New AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Checking the Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Necessary Materials
Page
3 of 46
Tool No. Description
--- LAPTOP COMPUTER with Microsoft Windows 98 OPERATING SYSTEM
or higher and Microsoft INTERNET EXPLORER 5.5
--- SERVICE TOOL for the 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
TL5568 CROSSOVER CABLE
TL5574 TEMPERATURE METER KIT
TL4071 VACUUM CLEANER
--- FLASHLIGHT
--- SCRAPER - recommended BLADE size is 1.25 x 4.75 in.

Part No. Description Notes


SP96000001188 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH
1C8287 ALCOHOL WIPE Texwipe TX1065 - 50 each
SP8643074 DMSO CLEANER 6 oz container
SP78801828027 CLEANING PADS, 4 x 4 in. 100 each
SP26101211303 Krytox LUBRICANT
SP78999828680 BAG with TIE-WRAP Use one BAG for each PM.
SP7F6344 CHARCOAL FILTER
SP8F0083 AIR FILTER
SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY
SP8E1925 FELT PAD AY
SP8E4966 BAFFLE Install every 20,000 cycles
SP8E4857 FLEX DUCT Install every 100,000 cycles
SP8E1183 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLER - drive Install every 100,000 cycles
SP5E7997 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLER - idler Install every 100,000 cycles
TL5713 NEOPRENE GLOVES Use one time, then discard.
952793 SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page Publication No. Publication
4 of 46
8F1621 ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS for the Kodak DryView 8900
LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Maintenance Plan
Page
5 of 46
Important
A Preventive Maintenance (PM) call must be made every 20,000 film cycles.
• 20,000 cycle procedures are completed every PM call.
• 40,000 cycle procedures are completed every other PM call.
• 100,000 cycle procedures are completed every 5 PM calls.

Table 1 Preventive Maintenance


20,000 40,000 100,000
Procedure
Cycles Cycles Cycles
Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM) X X X
IMAGING AY
Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS X X X
Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE X X X
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN X X
Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR X
FILM PROCESSOR
Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT X X X
Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT X X X
Cleaning the DRUM COVER X X X
Cleaning the DRUM X X X
Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant X X X
Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE X X X
Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY X X
Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY X
Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS X
Cleaning the COOLING SECTION X X X
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 20,000 40,000 100,000
Page Procedure
Cycles Cycles Cycles
6 of 46
FILTERS
Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER X X X
Installing a New AIR FILTER X
Other Procedures
Checking the Operation X X X
Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History X X X

Important
For Emergency Maintenance, the number of film cycles determines the procedures you do.

1 On an Emergency Maintenance call, check the number of film cycles.


Film Cycles Do:
>17,500 Preventive Maintenance procedures
<17,500 Emergency Maintenance procedures

Table 2 Emergency Maintenance


Procedure
Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM)
Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant
Cleaning the DRUM COVER
Checking the Operation
Revising the Service History - see Resetting the PM Count and Changing the
Service History, Step 5 - Step 10.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Preparing for Preventive Maintenance (PM)
Page
7 of 46
Important
If your container of DMSO CLEANER was exposed to low temperature, you should place the
CLEANER in warm water for a time before you begin cleaning.

1 Use a CROSSOVER CABLE to connect your LAPTOP COMPUTER to the service port
located under the AIR FILTER on the front of the IMAGER.
2 Use “Secure Tunnel” for access to the SERVICE TOOL.
3 Check the “Service History” log to determine if the last PM was for 20,000, 40,000, or
100,000 film cycles.
4 Make a “Flat-field”, or “Grayout”, test print.
5 Keep the print to compare with a test print that will be run after the PM.
6 From the LOCAL PANEL, de-energize
TOP HOOD the system.

Caution
SUPPORT
ROD Dangerous Voltage

DRUM 7 Disconnect the POWER CORD.


COVER
8 Lift the TOP HOOD.
9 Lock the SUPPORT ROD.
ROLLERS 10 Release the CLAMPS.

Important
H199_0700ACA The DRUM and ROLLERS must cool for a
CLAMPS DRUM H199_0700AC
minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.

11 Open the DRUM COVER.


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the CARRIAGE RAILS
Page
8 of 46
Important
Normal wear of the CARRIAGE PADS leaves debris on the CARRIAGE RAILS.

1 Extend the IMAGING AY. See


ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
CARRIAGE
RAILS Section Procedure
Replacements IMAGING AY
ENCODER
SCALE 2 Move the CARRIAGE up and down the
RAILS.
3 Check the RAILS for debris.

Caution
When cleaning the left RAIL, do not pull the
CARRIAGE
PAD
ends of the ENCODER SCALE loose with
the ALCOHOL WIPE.
CARRIAGE
4 Use an ALCOHOL WIPE to remove any
debris from the RAILS.

H199_0701GCA
H199_0701GC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the ENCODER SCALE
Page
9 of 46 1 Move the CARRIAGE to the front of the
back
IMAGING AY.

Caution
To prevent damage to the ends of the
ENCODER
ENCODER SCALE, you must start cleaning
SCALE
from the center.

2 Carefully use a new ALCOHOL WIPE


to clean only one time from the center
of the ENCODER SCALE to the back
end of the SCALE.
3 Move the CARRIAGE to the back of the
IMAGING AY.
CARRIAGE 4 Carefully use a new ALCOHOL WIPE
to clean only one time from the center
of the ENCODER SCALE to the front
end of the SCALE.

H199_0701GCB
front H199_0701GC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the FILM PLATEN
Page
10 of 46

Important
• Do this procedure only at 20,000 cycles.
• At 40,000 cycles, you must do Cleaning
the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER
MOTOR MIRROR.
FILM
PLATEN
1 Remove any loose debris that is visible
on the FILM PLATEN.

Caution
5 REGISTRATION
FINGERS • Prevent scratches from metal items on
the surface of the FILM PLATEN.
• Do not do damage to the 2 CENTERING
2 CENTERING FINGERS at the front of the FILM
FINGERS PLATEN or to the 5 REGISTRATION
FINGERS on the side.
bottom • Use only a 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH
surface for cleaning. ALCOHOL WIPES can
H199_0702GCA
cause artifacts on the film.
H199_0702GC

2 Use a TACK CLOTH to clean the


bottom surface of the FILM PLATEN.
3 Install the IMAGING AY. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
Replacements IMAGING AY
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the FILM PLATEN and the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR
Page
11 of 46

Important
Do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles.
PLATEN
FILM 1 Remove the PLATEN FILM
TRANSPORT TRANSPORT. See ADJUSTMENTS
AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
Replacements PLATEN FILM
TRANSPORT

FILM
PLATEN Caution
• Prevent scratches from metal items on
the surface of the FILM PLATEN.
2 CENTERING • Do not do damage to the 2 CENTERING
FINGERS FINGERS.
• Use only a 3M Auto-Pak TACK CLOTH
for cleaning. ALCOHOL WIPES can
bottom
surface
cause artifacts on the film.
H199_0702GCB
H199_0702GC 2 Remove any loose debris that is visible
on the FILM PLATEN.
3 Use a TACK CLOTH to clean the
bottom surface of the FILM PLATEN.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 4 Clean the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR.
Page
12 of 46 a Rotate the SHAFT until the
MIRROR is visible.
b Use a FLASHLIGHT to check the
MIRROR for dust.
c Use an ALCOHOL WIPE to clean
once across the surface of the
MIRROR.
5 Install the PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT.
See ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
SHAFT
Section Procedure
SPINNER MOTOR H199_0703ACA Replacements PLATEN FILM
MIRROR H199_0703AC
TRANSPORT
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the FAZ TRAPS and the DRUM DUCT
Page
13 of 46
Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 1 Remove the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See
Page FLEX 2 SCREWS
14 of 46 DUCT ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
UPPER
TRAP FAZ Replacements PROCESSOR -
FRAME TRAP
UPPER FAZ TRAP
2 Remove:
• 2 SCREWS

H199_0730ACA
• FLEX DUCT
H199_0730AC

• 4 SCREWS

4 SCREWS
• TRAP FRAME
• BAFFLE
TRAP FRAME
• 2 SCREWS
• DUCT COVER
BAFFLE
• DUCT
2 SCREWS

DUCT
3 Check for FAZ in the ends of the FLEX
COVER DUCT.
4 If necessary, clean the ends of the
DUCT FLEX DUCT using a dry CLEANING
PAD.
5 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean the
surface of the DUCT.
H199_0724GCA
H199_0724GC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 TOP HOOD 6 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from
Page
15 of 46 all metal surfaces.
7 Place the following parts in a SINK for
cleaning with DMSO CLEANER:

2 SCREWS
• TRAP FRAME
• DUCT COVER
LOWER • UPPER FAZ TRAP
FAZ TRAP
8 Discard the BAFFLE.
9 Remove the LOWER FAZ TRAP. See
ADJUSTMENTS AND
PLATE REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
LOWER FAZ TRAP
10 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from
all metal surfaces.
FRAME
11 Place the following parts in a SINK for
cleaning with DMSO CLEANER:
H199_0705GCA
H199_0705GC
• PLATE
• FRAME
• LOWER FAZ TRAP
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 12 Remove the back 3 SCREWS.
Page back DRUM COVER
16 of 46 3 SCREWS 13 Hold the DRUM COVER at both ends
front and carefully close the COVER.
3 SCREWS
14 Remove the front 3 SCREWS.
15 Carefully lift and remove the DRUM
COVER.
16 Set the DRUM COVER on a work
surface.
17 Remove:
• 4 SCREWS
• FLEX DUCT from the DRUM
H199_0706ACB
H199_0706AC
COVER
• 5 SCREWS
DRUM COVER
• DRUM DUCT from the DRUM
COVER
5 SCREWS
18 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from
the DRUM DUCT.
19 Place the DRUM DUCT in the SINK
with the FAZ TRAPS.
20 Soak the parts in DMSO CLEANER for
approximately 5 minutes.
21 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO
DRUM DUCT
CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
H199_0731ACA
H199_0731AC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
17 of 46 Important
TRAP
FRAME • Do not install the FAZ TRAPS or DRUM
opening DUCT at this time.
• When you assemble the UPPER FAZ
TRAP, the back of the new BAFFLE must
be on the opposite side of the hole for
the TRAP FRAME.
FLEX DUCT • You must install a new FLEX DUCT
every 100,000 film cycles.
BAFFLE back

22 Assemble the 2 FAZ TRAPS.

H199_0739ACA
23 Place used CLEANING PADS and
H199_0739AC
ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG
SP78999828680 for discarding after all
cleaning of the PROCESSOR is
completed.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the FAZ HOSES and DUCT
Page
18 of 46
FAZ
1 Remove the FAZ HOSES.
HOSES
2 Hit the FAZ HOSES against the inside
of a container to remove loose FAZ.
3 Vacuum the inside of the FAZ HOSES.
4 Open the BACK DOOR.
5 Vacuum the inside of the DUCT down
below as far as possible.
6 Close the BACK DOOR.

H199_0740ACB
H199_0740AC

DUCT

BACK H199_0738ACA
DOOR H199_0738AC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the DRUM COVER
Page
19 of 46
Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
2 COVER GASKETS
1 Use a SCRAPER to remove thick FAZ
Page
20 of 46 from:
DUCT FILM
• metal surfaces
INSULATION • DUCT FILM

Caution
• Do not soak the CLEANING PAD with
DMSO CLEANER.
metal surfaces
• Prevent leakage of the DMSO CLEANER
through the holes of the SCREWS,
because the CLEANER causes a white
DRUM COVER H199_0732ACA
H199_0732AC mark on the plastic parts.

2 Clean the following items with


CLEANING PADS and DMSO
CLEANER:
• INSULATION
• DUCT FILM
• metal surfaces
3 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
4 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

Note
Do not install the DRUM DUCT or the DRUM COVER at this time.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the DRUM
Page
21 of 46
Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 1 Pull on the TENSIONER and remove
Page
22 of 46 the DRUM BELT.
DRUM
BELT 2 Use the PULLEY to rotate the DRUM
and check for damage.
3 Does the DRUM have damage?
Yes No
Install a new Continue with
PROCESSOR Step 4.
DRUM.

DRUM
Caution
PULLEY
TENSIONER H199_0712ACB Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any
H199_0712AC
plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes
a white mark on the plastic parts.

4 Clean the DRUM.


a Rotate the DRUM and clean the surface with CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO
CLEANER.
b Discard dirty CLEANING PADS and use new PADS.
c Do Step a and Step b again until you have cleaned the surface of the DRUM from
end to end and used CLEANING PADS have only a light color.
d Remove residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
5 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 6 Remove the DRUM from the PROCESSOR. See ADJUSTMENTS AND
Page REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
23 of 46
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR - DRUM
7 Set the DRUM into the DRUM COVER.
8 Use ALCOHOL PADS to remove DMSO CLEANER that might have dripped onto the
CHASSIS AY after cleaning the DRUM.

Cleaning the PRESSURE ROLLERS and Applying Lubricant

Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
• Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a
white mark on the plastic parts.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 1 Clean the 3 RODS and the PRESSURE
Page
24 of 46 ROLLERS.
a Rotate the RODS and clean all
surfaces with a SCRAPER.
b Vacuum the ROLLERS to remove
loosened FAZ.
c Rotate the RODS and ROLLERS
and clean all surfaces from end to
PRESSURE 3 RODS
end with CLEANING PADS soaked
ROLLERS
in DMSO CLEANER.
H199_0710ACB d Remove residual FAZ and DMSO
H199_0710AC
CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 2 Apply Krytox LUBRICANT to the ends
Page
25 of 46 of the ROLLERS.
a Lift the ROLLER AY.
b Move all the ROLLERS to the back
to separate the front ends of the
ROLLERS from the E-RINGS.
c Apply one drop of lubricant
between the E-RING and the front
end of each ROLLER.
d Pull all ROLLERS to the front to
separate the back ends of the
ROLLERS from the E-RINGS.
Krytox e Do Step c again for the back end
LUBRICANT of each ROLLER.
3 Use ALCOHOL WIPES to clean
excessive lubricant from the ends of the
front end of ROLLERS.
ROLLER E-RING
4 Rotate the ROLLERS for distribution of
H199_0711GCA
H199_0711GC the lubricant.
5 Place used CLEANING PADS and
ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG
SP78999828680 for discarding after all
cleaning of the PROCESSOR is
completed.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the LOWER COVER and the ENTRANCE GUIDE
Page
26 of 46
Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 1 Remove:
Page INSULATION LOWER
27 of 46
COVER • 4 SCREWS
INNER • ENTRANCE GUIDE
GUIDE

Caution
• Do not use DMSO CLEANER on the
ENTRANCE GUIDE.
• Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any
plastic parts, because the CLEANER will
ENTRANCE cause a white mark on the plastic parts.
GUIDE

4 SCREWS H199_0729ACA
H199_0729AC

2 Clean the INNER GUIDE with CLEANING PADS soaked with DMSO CLEANER.

Caution
Do not use a SCRAPER on smooth surfaces.

3 If necessary, use a SCRAPER to clean the back of the LOWER COVER.


4 Clean the INSULATION in the LOWER COVER with CLEANING PADS soaked with
DMSO CLEANER.
5 Remove:
• loose FAZ from the LOWER COVER with a VACUUM CLEANER
• residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER from all areas with ALCOHOL WIPES
6 Install:
• ENTRANCE GUIDE
• 4 SCREWS
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 7 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
Page discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
28 of 46

Cleaning the DIVERTER AY and Installing a New FELT PAD AY

Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page 2 SCREWS
29 of 46 DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY Important
• You must do this procedure only at
2 SIDE 20,000 cycles.
PLATES
• At 40,000 cycles, you must do Installing
a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT
PAD AY.

1 Remove:

Kapton 2 NUTS • 2 SCREWS


BASE
BLADE
• DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY
• 2 NUTS
• FELT PAD AY from the DIVERTER
2 Clean the following parts with
ALCOHOL WIPES:
FELT PAD AY • DIVERTER
DIVERTER
• Kapton BLADE
H199_0727GCA
H199_0727GC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page
2 SIDE PLATES Caution
30 of 46
2 SCREWS When you use a SCRAPER in the area of
the DRUM, do not cut the DRUM.

3 If necessary, use a SCRAPER to


remove FAZ from:
SLOT SCREW
DIVERTER • BASE
• 2 SIDE PLATES
TAB
BASE
NUT
FELT Caution
PAD AY
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any
H199_0726ACA
H199_0726AC plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes
a white mark on the plastic parts.

4 Use CLEANING PADS soaked with


DMSO CLEANER to clean the BASE.
5 Remove:
• loose FAZ in the area of the BASE
with a VACUUM CLEANER
• residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER
with ALCOHOL WIPES
6 Insert the new FELT PAD AY into the DIVERTER.
7 Install the 2 NUTS.
8 Install the DIVERTER AY and the new FELT PAD AY.
a Insert the TABS on the ends of the DIVERTER into the 2 SIDE PLATES.
b Install, but do not tighten, the 2 SCREWS.
c Move the DIVERTER up until the SCREWS are at the bottom of the SLOTS.
d Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 9 Discard the old FELT PAD AY.
Page
31 of 46 10 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.

Installing a New DIVERTER AY and a New FELT PAD AY

Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
• You must do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 1 Remove:
Page
32 of 46
DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY
2 SCREWS • 2 SCREWS
• DIVERTER AY with FELT PAD AY

Caution
When you use a SCRAPER in the area of
the DRUM, do not cut the DRUM.

2 Use a SCRAPER to remove FAZ from:


• BASE
• SIDE PLATES
H199_0728ACA
H199_0728AC

Caution
Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a white
mark on the plastic parts.

3 Use CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO CLEANER to clean the BASE.


4 Remove:
• loose FAZ in the area of the BASE with a VACUUM CLEANER
• residual FAZ and DMSO CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623
Page 5 Install the new DIVERTER AY with a
2 SIDE PLATES
33 of 46 new FELT PAD AY.
DRUM 2 SCREWS
a Insert the FELT PAD AY into the
DIVERTER AY DIVERTER.
with FELT
PAD AY b Tighten the 2 NUTS.
c Insert the TABS on the ends of the
SLOT SCREW DIVERTER into the 2 SIDE
DIVERTER PLATES.
d Install, but do not tighten, the 2
TAB
SCREWS.
BASE
NUT e Move the DIVERTER AY up until
FELT
PAD AY
the 2 SCREWS are at the bottom
H199_0726ACB of the SLOTS.
H199_0726AC
f Tighten the 2 SCREWS.
6 Discard the old DIVERTER AY and the old FELT PAD AY.
7 Place used CLEANING PADS and ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG SP78999828680 for
discarding after all cleaning of the PROCESSOR is completed.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Installing New DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS
Page
34 of 46
2 DRUM EXIT PROCESSOR
TRANSPORT Important
ROLLERS Do this procedure only at 100,000 cycles.

1 At the front of the PROCESSOR,


remove:
• 2 E-RINGS
• 2 BEARINGS
RETAINER • SPRING
2 E-RINGS
2 BEARINGS • RETAINER
SPRING
2 At the back of the PROCESSOR,
2 E-RINGS remove:
• 2 E-RINGS
PULLEY • PULLEY
SPRING
3 At the back of the PROCESSOR,
2 BEARINGS remove from the end of the IDLER
IDLER ROLLER:
ROLLER RETAINER
E-RING
• SPRING
DRIVE H199_0725GCA
ROLLER H199_0725GC • BEARING
• RETAINER
4 At the back of the PROCESSOR, remove from the end of the DRIVE ROLLER:
• E-RING
• BEARING
5 Remove the 2 DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS.
6 Install the new DRUM EXIT TRANSPORT ROLLERS in reverse order of the removal
procedure.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the COOLING SECTION
Page
35 of 46
Caution
• You must read the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all cleaning materials before
doing this procedure.
• The cleaning solution DMSO is readily absorbed through the skin, resulting in an almost
instantaneous garlic-like taste in the mouth and bad breath which might persist for several
days. There are no health issues for exposure to DMSO, but DMSO has the potential to
carry other chemicals through the skin. GLOVES must be worn to prevent exposure.
• You must have adequate ventilation before cleaning. Do not clean in areas with little or no
active ventilation such as storage rooms or closets.
• You must allow the parts to cool for a minimum of 30 minutes before cleaning.
• You must check that there are no ignition sources in the area. These include, but are not
limited to, CIGARETTES, SWITCHES, electrical OUTLETS, LIGHT BULBS, and flames.
• You MUST wear GLOVES and SAFETY GLASSES with SIDE SHIELDS to prevent contact
of cleaning materials and FAZ with the skin and eyes. You must discard the GLOVES after
cleaning. One time use only.
• You must place used ALCOHOL WIPES, CLEANING PADS, and GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680. Use a TIE-WRAP on the BAG and discard the BAG correctly.
• Do not use a SCRAPER on the COOLING SECTION.
• Do not allow DMSO CLEANER on any plastic parts, because the CLEANER causes a
white mark on the plastic parts.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 1 Clean the COOLING SECTION with
Page
36 of 46 CLEANING PADS soaked in DMSO
CLEANER.
2 Remove residual FAZ and DMSO
CLEANER with ALCOHOL WIPES.
TRANSPORT
ROLLERS 3 Check for large debris and FAZ on the
TRANSPORT ROLLERS.
4 If necessary, vacuum the area of the
COOLING SECTION.
5 Place used CLEANING PADS and
ALCOHOL WIPES in a BAG
SP78999828680 for discarding after all
COOLING H199_0741ACA
cleaning of the PROCESSOR is
SECTION H199_0741AC
completed.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Cleaning the DENSITOMETER LOWER GUIDE
Page
37 of 46

Important
LOWER
• Do this procedure only if there is a FELT
GUIDE PAD on the LOWER GUIDE of the
DENSITOMETER.
FELT PAD
• DO NOT use alcohol or any other type of
cleaner.
DENSITOMETER

1 Clean the FELT PAD on the leading


edge of the LOWER GUIDE with a “lint
free” CLOTH.
2 Check for large debris or FAZ “residue”
on the FELT PAD.
3 If necessary, vacuum the area of the
LOWER GUIDE.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Assembling the PROCESSOR
Page
38 of 46 1 Install the DRUM. See ADJUSTMENTS
DRUM COVER
AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
5 SCREWS
Replacements PROCESSOR -
DRUM
2 Install:
• DRUM DUCT in the DRUM COVER
• 5 SCREWS
3 Install the DRUM COVER.
a Lower the ROLLERS onto the
DRUM DUCT DRUM.
H199_0731ACA
H199_0731AC
b Place the DRUM COVER in
position for installation.
back DRUM COVER
c Install the front 3 SCREWS.
3 SCREWS
front d Hold the DRUM COVER and
3 SCREWS ROLLERS at both ends and
carefully lift to the up position.
e Install the back 3 SCREWS.

DRUM H199_0706ACC
ROLLERS H199_0706AC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 4 Install the LOWER FAZ TRAP. See
Page ADJUSTMENTS AND
39 of 46
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
LOWER FAZ TRAP
5 Install the UPPER FAZ TRAP. See
FAZ
HOSES
ADJUSTMENTS AND
REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
Replacements PROCESSOR -
UPPER FAZ TRAP
6 Install the FAZ HOSES.
7 Discard all used cleaning materials.
a Place the GLOVES in a BAG
SP78999828680 with PADS and
UPPER WIPES.
TRAP
b Place a TIE-WRAP on the BAG.
LOWER H199_0740ACA
TRAP H199_0740AC c Discard the BAG in accordance
with local regulations or
procedures.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Installing a New CHARCOAL FILTER
Page
40 of 46 1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT
DOOR.
2 Remove the DUCT FILTER DOOR.
DUCT FILTER
DOOR
a Press in on the LEVER.
b Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.
3 Remove the old CHARCOAL FILTER.
LEVER 4 Vacuum the inside of the PLENUM
WIRE LATCH reaching the maximum distance as
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR possible.
H199_0736ACA
H199_0736AC
5 Record the following information on the
LABEL of the new CHARCOAL FILTER:
PLENUM • cycle count
• date
6 Install:
• new CHARCOAL FILTER
• DUCT FILTER DOOR
7 Close the FRONT DOOR.

Caution
• CHARCOAL FILTERS are not dangerous
debris.
FILTER
• You must check with your local
government to determine if additional
DUCT FILTER DOOR
requirements apply.
H199_0737GCA
H199_0737GC
8 Discard the old CHARCOAL FILTERS.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Installing a New AIR FILTER
Page
41 of 46

Important
Do this procedure only at 40,000 cycles.

1 Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT


DOOR.
2 Loosen the CAPTIVE SCREW.
3 Move the COVER to the left to remove
the COVER with the AIR FILTER.
CAPTIVE
SCREW
4 Remove the AIR FILTER from the
COVER COVER.
LOWER RIGHT 5 Install:
FRONT DOOR
H199_0734ACA
H199_0734AC • new AIR FILTER in the COVER
• COVER with the AIR FILTER
6 Tighten the CAPTIVE SCREW.
7 Close the FRONT DOOR.
8 Discard the old AIR FILTER.

FILTER
COVER
H199_0735ACA
H199_0735AC
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Checking the Operation
Page
42 of 46 1 Connect the POWER CORD.
2 Energize the 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3.
3 Allow the FILM PROCESSOR to warm to “READY.”
4 Connect your LAPTOP COMPUTER to the service port.
5 Connect to the SERVICE TOOL through the “Secure Tunnel”.
6 Use the SERVICE TOOL and the TEMPERATURE METER KIT to check the temperature
of the DRUM. See ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS 8F1621:
Section Procedure
Adjustments PROCESSOR - Temperature of DRUM
7 If necessary, adjust the temperature.
8 If the SPINNER MOTOR MIRROR was cleaned during this PM, do a calibration for each
DRAWER that included a FILM CARTRIDGE.
9 Make a “Flat-field” test print.
10 Compare the test print with the “Flat-field” test print made before the PM.
11 Make a print of a customer image.
12 Check the quality of the print with the customer.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Resetting the PM Count and Changing the Service History
Page
43 of 46
Important
You can reset the PM Count to 20,000 and automatically add PM data to the “Service
History” log by using the Service Menu of the LOCAL PANEL.

1 Touch [Service] for access to the service function of the LOCAL PANEL.
2 Enter the Service Menu.
a For “User ID,” type 99
b For “Passcode,” type 987654

Note
If this “Passcode” was changed, and you do not have the new “Passcode”, you can use the
SERVICE TOOL and select Local Panel>Local Panel to open the Service Menu.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 3 Touch [PM] on the “Add to Service History” screen.
Page
44 of 46 Note
This action resets the “Print Counter” to 20,000 and sends this PM information to the “Service
History.”

4 Touch [Filter Change].

Note
This action changes the “Service History” automatically.

5 Use the SERVICE TOOL and select System Information>Service History to display the
“Service History” log.

6 Click [Modify].
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 7 In the “Notes” window, enter:
Page
45 of 46 • your name
• date
• type of service call: PM, either 20,000, 40,000 or 100,000 film cycles
– Emergency Maintenance (EM)
– Preventive Maintenance (PM), either 20,000, 40,000, or 100,000 cycles

Note
This information will be reviewed by the Field Engineer at the start of the next PM to
determine which type of PM to do.

8 Add new records in the other blank fields in the “Service History”.
9 Click [Save].
10 To download the “Service History” to a file on the HARD DRIVE of your LAPTOP
COMPUTER, click [Download].
11 Store the file in a selected folder.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
18OCT06
8F1623 Publication History
Page
46 of 46
Publication Publication Changed
ECO No. File Name Notes
Date No. Pages
15JUL05 8F1623 CN0006110 ------ 8f1623.fm • New Publication
• Rev A - Serial
Number 89005001
and Above
18OCT06 8F1623 CN0007518 2, 37 8f1623RevB.fm • Rev B
• Added procedure for
cleaning
DENSITOMETER
LOWER GUIDE.

Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1623RevB.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY


Rochester, NY 14650 HEALTH GROUP
© EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY, 2005 HEALTH GROUP

{Il ustratedPartsList}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal} Publication No. 8F1622


15JUL05

Confidential
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
Restricted
Information for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3
Service Code: 4878

Important
Qualified service personnel must repair this equipment.

H199_0500AC
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
15JUL05
8F1622 PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the
Page subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak Company prior to publication.
2 of 117
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and
makes no warranty, express or implied, with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be
liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages, resulting from any
use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault.

This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents
Description Page

Visual Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
MAIN AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Front Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Top Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Back Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
HOOD AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
BACK DOOR AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ROLLBACK AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
PICKUP AND FEED AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
FEED - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
PICKUP DRIVE - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
PICKUP HEEL - Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ROLLERS and GUIDES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
IMAGING AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
MAIN AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
MAIN AY - Back Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PLATEN AY - Front Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
15JUL05
8F1622 PLATEN AY - Back Left Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Page PLATEN AY - Front Right Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3 of 117 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS . . . . . . . 47
PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS . . . . . 49
FILM PROCESSOR AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FILM PROCESSOR - Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FILM PROCESSOR - Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
DRUM COVER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
PRESSURE ROLLER AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
COOLING SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
OPTICAL COUPLER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
DRIVE TRAIN AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
CHASSIS AY - Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
CHASSIS AY - Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
DENSITOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
SORTER AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
IDLER SECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
DRE AY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
POWER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
POWER SUPPLY AY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Numerical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Publication History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Visual Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
Section 1: Visual Index
4 of 117

8
3
12
9
1

10
4, 5

6
11
7

Item Description
1 MAIN AY
2 HOOD AY
3 BACK DOOR AY
4 ROLLBACK AY
5 PICKUP AND FEED AY
6 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY
7 IMAGING AY
8 FILM PROCESSOR AY
9 SORTER AY
10 DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE)
11 POWER MODULE
12 CABLES
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
Section 2: Illustrated Parts List
5 of 117
MAIN AY
Figure 1 COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES

42
41
41
77

27
27

23
23
20 22
22
20
21
21 31
31
19
19 32
32
17 18
44 17
7 16 43
43
8 16
8 24
7 15 24
15 29
29
12
12 30
30
11
11
4040
7 10
10
7
9 25 7
26
26 33 34
34
35 28
28
39
39
77 36 37
36 37 38 77
7 38
1 5 13
4
2
6 14
3
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 1 COVERS, PANELS, LATCHES and SWITCHES
Page
6 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0768 PANEL AY - decorative door 1 1
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 3 Included with item 1.
3 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 3 Included with item 1.
4 SP8E1201 DOOR AY - front 1 1
5 SP8E1455 STRIKER - latch 1 1
6 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 2 Included with item 4.
7 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 37
8 SP8E4620 LABEL - vertical transport 1 1
9 SP8E4593 STOP AY - front door 1 1
10 SP78-8161-8389-7 BEARING - Nyliner 1 2 Included with item 9.
11 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1 1 Included with item 9.
12 SP7E9352 WASHER 1 1 Included with item 9.
13 SP8F0769 DOOR AY - air intake 1 1
14 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 10 Included with item 13.
15 SP8E1988 PANEL AY - decorative, lower, 1
drawer 1

16 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4 Included with item 15.


17 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 4 Included with item 15.
18 SP8F0757 PANEL AY - decorative, middle, 1
drawer 1

19 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4 Included with item 18.


20 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 4 Included with item 18.
21 SP8F0756 PANEL AY - decorative, upper, 1
drawer 1

22 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4 Included with item 21.


23 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 4 Included with item 21.
24 SP8E1200 PANEL AY - film supply 1 3
25 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 6
26 SP7E9186 WASHER 1 6
27 SP8F0680 PANEL AY - left side 1 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
7 of 117 28 SP8F0674 PANEL AY - right side 1 1
29 SP8E4677 SCREW - service switch, 1
actuator 1

30 SP26-1011-6641-6 WASHER - lock, internal 1 1


31 SP7E8513 SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A 1 1 sw1
32 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 4
33 SP8F0084 COVER - latch 1 1
34 SP8E1193 LATCH AY 1 4
35 SP8E1978 ROD - bypass, front door 1 1
36 SP8E1977 ROD - bypass, lower drawer 1 1
37 SP8E1976 ROD - bypass, middle drawer 1 1
38 SP8E1975 ROD - bypass, upper drawer 1 1
39 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1 8 Used on items 35 -
38.
40 SP8E4133 SPRING - bypass 1 4
41 SP8E4623 SWITCH - power, rocker, 4- 1
pole, 125 V,
16 A 1

42 SP8E4250 SPACER, latch to door 1 1


43 SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 1 1
44 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1 9
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 2 Front Components
Page
8 of 117

9
8
7
4
10 11

5 16
13
12 15
14

1 3
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 2 Front Components
Page
9 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E9434 ROLLBACK AY KIT 2 1-3 Maximum of 3 AYs.
See Figure 7.
2 SP8E4829 SLIDE - film supply 2 6 2 in each DRAWER.
3 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 12 4 in each DRAWER.
4 SP8E9411 PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT 2 1-3 Maximum of 3 AYs.
See Figure 8 -
Figure 10.
5 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 6 2 in each DRAWER.
6 SP8F0139 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT 2 See Figure 11 and
Figure 12.
7 SP8E4522 GUIDE AY - post vertical up 2 1
8 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 2 Included with item 7.
9 SP7E9107 WASHER 2 2 Included with item 7.
10 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 1
11 SP8E4196 GASKET - film supply 2 3
12 SP8E4831 SLIDE - outer, imaging AY 2 2
13 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 2 8
14 SP8F0919 IMAGING AY KIT 2 1 See Figure 13 -
Figure 20.
15 SP8F0082 COVER - air intake filter 2 1
16 SP8F0083 FILTER - air intake 2 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 3 Top Components
Page
10 of 117

1
2

3
2
4
11
8

6
9 10
5

2 12

7
13
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 3 Top Components
Page
11 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0942 HOOD AY 3 1 See Figure 5.
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 3 35
3 ----- PROCESSOR AY 3 1 See Figure 21 -
Figure 31.
4 SP8E4644 SORTER AY 3 1 See Figure 32 -
Figure 35.
5 SP8E4260 COVER - hood interlock 3 1
6 SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 3 1
7 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 3 2
8 SP998185 FASTENER - connector locking post 3 2
9 SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 3 37
10 SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 3 37
11 SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 3 1
12 SP74-9999-9120-6 LABEL - model/serial 3 1
13 SP8E7491 LABEL AY - serial no., main frame 3 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 4 Back Components
Page
12 of 117

14

11
13
16
17

15
12 10
20 1
18
7
8
6
9

19

3
2
4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 4 Back Components
Page
13 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0085 DOOR AY - back 4 1
2 SP8E4630 LABEL - warning, Japanese 4 1
3 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 12
4 SP8F0081 PANEL - electronics access 4 1 Includes the
FASTENER.
5 SP8F3963 POWER MODULE 4 1 See Figure 37.
6 SP8F0036 DRE AY 4 1 See Figure 36.
7 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 2
8 SP7F6252 FAN AY - filter 4 1
9 SP8E4996 PLENUM AY - filter 4 1
10 SP8F0193 FITTING, coupling, filter 4 1
11 SP8F0129 DUCT, vertical, filter 4 1
12 SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 4 1
13 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 2
14 SP8F0192 FITTING, elbow, filter 4 1
15 SP8E4410 COVER - access window 4 4
16 SP7F3360 BOARD - processor 4 1
17 SP748359 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4 21 Used to fasten all
BOARDS.
18 SP8E1584 BOARD - cartridge control 4 1
19 SP8F0364 BOARD AY - EBA 4 1
20 SP8E1587 BOARD - RF tag 4 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 HOOD AY
Page
14 of 117 Figure 5 Overview

16
17

24
23 2
11 8
22 19 18 9 10
2
21 20 14
15
13
12 7

2
1 4 3 5 6
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 5 Overview
Page
15 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0510 PANEL - local 5 1
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 5 15
3 SP8E4312 GASKET - vertical 5 2
4 SP8E4313 GASKET - horizontal 5 2
5 SP8E4264 PIPE - light 5 1 Install with item 6.
6 SP26-1008- ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 1
5021-8 gram tube 5

7 SP6E8952 SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 5 1


8 SP8E4304 ROD AY - prop 5 2
9 SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 5 1 Included with item
8.
10 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 5 1 Included with item
8.
11 SP8E4286 ROD GUIDE - prop 5 1
12 SP66-0000- BUMPER - round 5 2
0235-3
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
16 of 117 13 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 5 2
14 SP8E4300 ACTUATOR - interlock 5 1
15 SP26-1011- WASHER - lock, internal 5 1
6641-6
16 SP8E4766 CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel 5 1
17 SP8E4018 CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel 5 1
18 SP8E4019 CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel 5 1
19 ------ HINGE 5 1 Not available.
20 ------ SUPPORT - gas spring 5 1 Not available.
21 SP5F0279 CLAMP 5 8
22 ------ SUPPORT AY - hood 5 1 Not available.
23 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 5 5 Included with item
22.
24 SP7E8700 SCREW - Torx, pan head 5 18 Included with item
22.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 BACK DOOR AY
Page
17 of 117 Figure 6 Overview

Figure 6 Overview
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0086 GASKET AY - back panel 6 1
2 SP8E4212 ACTUATOR - interlock 6 1
3 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 6 2
4 SP7E9522 LATCH - compression 6 1
5 SP8F1053 LABEL - belt path 6 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 ROLLBACK AY
Page
18 of 117 Figure 7 Overview

10 16 15 14 13 1 9

17 12 6
5 18 11
7 39 1
4 36 23 7 5
37 29 24
3 8 22
29
2
1 21 27
20 13 25
19 30
36 40 26
31 28
38
51 44
41

46
42 43
49 50
48
35 45
47
34

33
32
36
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 7 Overview
Page
19 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 7 8
2 SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 7 1
3 SP8E4812 GUARD - actuator 7 1
4 SP8E4634 LINK AY - roller, front 7 1
5 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 7 1 Included with items 4
and 16.
6 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 1 Included with items 4
and 16.
7 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 1 Included with items 4
and 16.
8 SP8E4450 SPRING - rollback clearance 7 2
9 SP8E4935 MOTOR - DC, rollback 7 1 mdc1
10 SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 2
11 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 7 1
12 SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 7 1
13 SP7E8008 BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded 7 3
14 SP8E4349 GEAR - roller 7 1
15 ------ FLAG - roller 7 1 Not available.
16 SP8E4635 LINK AY - roller, back 7 1 Includes items 5, 6
and 7.
17 SP8E4088 ROLLER AY - rollback 7 1
18 SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 7 4 Included with item
17.
19 SP96-0000- SPRING - extension 7 2
5332-0
20 ------ CAM - guard 7 1 Not available.
21 ------ BASE - film, guard 7 1 Not available.
22 SP8E4080 COVER - cabling 7 1
23 SP7E8211 CHAIN - plastic 7 1
24 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
20 of 117 25 SP8E1796 SPRING - connector 7 2
26 SP9B9445 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 2
27 SP8E4460 CONNECTOR - carriage 7 1
28 SP8E4459 SHAFT - connector 7 1
29 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 9
30 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 7 2 sr3, s4
31 SP8E4053 SENSOR - flag 7 1 sr2
32 SP5E7865 CARRIAGE - rollback 7 1
33 SP26-1007- NUT - keps, black, zinc 7 13
2397-7
34 SP26-1004- WASHER - flat, steel, zinc 7 4
5503-4
35 SP8E1590 BOARD - RF antenna 7 1
36 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7 14
37 SP5E7988 DRUM - spring, constant force 7 2
38 SP7E7798 SPRING - constant force 7 2
39 SP8E4810 NEST - roller 7 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
21 of 117 40 ------ SHAFT - film guard 7 2 Not available.
41 SP8E1625 LOCATOR - cartridge 7 2
42 SP26-1001- TIE WRAP - Panduit 7 17
7033-6
43 SP26-1011- MOUNT - Panduit 7 13
8445-0
44 SP8E7426 HARNESS KIT - drawer 7

45 SP7E8454 CLAMP - cable 7 7 Included with item


44.
46 SP445942 BUSHING - Heyco, snap 7 1
47 SP8E1646 GASKET - EMI, drawer 7 1
48 SP8E4595 LABEL - film access 7 1
49 SP8E7484 LABEL AY - serial no., rollback 7 1
50 SP8E4828 SLIDE - inner, film supply 7 2
51 ------ FRAME - rollback 7 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 PICKUP AND FEED AY
Page
22 of 117 Figure 8 FEED - Components

24 12
23
10
29

8 28
2 12 15 4
14 22
27 9
17 12 30
12
14 32 2
2 33
26
20 35
2 38 12
25
16 8 31
36
2 11 39 40 34
9 37
8 4 41
4
2
3 2
7 12
21 10
5
13

9
6
19
18
1 4

43 42
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 8 FEED - Components
Page
23 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4936 MOTOR - DC, film feed 8 1 mdc4
2 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 8 33
3 SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 8 1
4 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 8 4
5 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 18
6 ------ MOUNT - DC motor 8 1 Not available.
7 SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 2
8 SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 8 5
9 SP8E4338 GEAR - drive, pickup 8 3
10 SP7E8977 BEARING - ball, flanged 8 2
11 SP8E1036 SHAFT - drive, pickup 8 1
12 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 8 8
13 SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 8 1
14 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 8 2
15 SP8E1692 SHAFT - idler, pickup 8 1
16 SP8E4337 PULLEY - timing 8 1
17 SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 8 1
18 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 4
19 SP8E1249 MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close 8 1 mst5
20 SP7E9587 CLIP - wire mounting 8 1
21 ------ MOUNT - back, rollers 8 1 Not available.
22 SP8E1002 ROLLER - drive, pickup 8 2
23 SP8E9433 GUIDE KIT - lower 8 1
24 SP8E9443 GUIDE KIT - upper 8 1
25 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 8 11
26 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 8 1 s8
27 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 8 1 sf9
28 SP26-1007- NUT - keps, black, zinc 8 11
2397-7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
24 of 117 29 ------ MOUNT - front, rollers 8 1 Not available.
30 SP8E1316 PIN - link, pickup 8 2
31 SP8E4340 LINK - pickup 8 2
32 SP26-1005- E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 8 9
9819-7
33 SP8E4339 FLAG - roller, pickup 8 2
34 SP8E4335 GEAR - idler, pickup 8 2
35 SP8E1408 PIN - idler gear 8 2
36 SP8E1055 SCREW - shoulder, rocker 8 2
37 SP8E1004 PIN - rocker 8 2
38 SP8E4334 ROCKER - pickup 8 2
39 SP7E8657 SPRING - compression 8 2
40 ------ RING - drive, pickup 8 2 Not available.
41 SP8E1010 ROLLER - idler, pickup 8 1
42 SP8E4043 HARNESS - pickup 8 1
43 SP8E4042 HARNESS - feeder 8 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 9 PICKUP DRIVE - Components
Page
25 of 117

5
11 7
8 6
22 4
3 16
2
9 10 1
23

3
13
3 8 17
14 16
12 15
19
20
18

21
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 9 PICKUP DRIVE - Components
Page
26 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 9 4
2 SP5E7909 MOTOR - DC, pickup 9 1 mdc2
3 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 9 7
4 SP26-1005- E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 9 1
9819-7
5 SP8E1830 PIN - driver 9 1
6 ------ DRIVER - motor 9 1 Not available.
7 SP8E4332 PULLEY - cable 9 3
8 SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 9 4
9 SP7E8506 SPRING - extension 9 1
10 SP8E4728 PIN - spring, link 9 1
11 SP8E4333 LINK - pulley 9 2
12 SP5E7689 CABLE - drive 9 1
13 ------ LOCK - heel 9 1 Not available.
14 SP26-1008- NUT - keps, black, zinc 9 2
5590-2
15 8E4148 VALVE AY 9 1 sol3
16 SP6-1007- NUT - keps, black, zinc 9 5
2397-7
17 ------ MOUNT - DC motor 9 1 Not available.
18 SP7E7753 CLAMP - loop, nylon 9 1
19 SP8E4466 TUBING - pump 9 1
20 SP7E7736 PUMP - vacuum 9 1
21 SP96-0000- TAPE 9 1
4233-1
22 SP8E4314 SPRING - cable 9 1
23 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 9 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 10 PICKUP HEEL - Components
Page
27 of 117

44

42

22 21 20
24 32 33
26 27
19 30
6 15
31 23 29 41 46
28
18 14 25
1
17 34
16 10 3
11
37
47
13 4 43
12 2
9 36
7 8
35 38
6 39 40
45
2 5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 10 PICKUP HEEL - Components
Page
28 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8525 SPRING - extension 10 2
2 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 10 12
3 SP5E7972 PIN - spring 10 2
4 ------ SHAFT - heel 10 2 Not available.
5 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended 4
race 10

6 SP26-1005-9819-7 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 10 6


7 SP8E4341 BUMPER - home 10 2
8 SP5E7663 PIN - spring, pivot 10 1
9 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10 2
10 SP7E8978 BEARING - ball, radial 10 2
11 SP8E4853 SCREW - shoulder 10 2
12 SP8E4854 ROLLER - pickup 10 2
13 ------ ARM - cup pivot 10 2 Not available.
14 SP5E7656 PIN - carriage 10 4
15 SP8E1469 SPRING - carriage 10 4
16 SP8E4462 TUBING - carriage 10 2
17 SP78-8094-5694-6 CUP - pickup 10 4
18 SP8E4919 SCREW - cup 10 4
19 SP8E4327 CARRIAGE - pickup 10 2
20 SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 10 1
21 SP8E4328 PULLEY - drive 10 1
22 ------ PIN - pulley 10 1 Not available.
23 SP7E8507 SPRING - extension 10 1
24 SP8E4331 PULLEY - pivot 10 1
25 SP8E1463 CABLE - spring 10 1
26 SP8E1464 SCREW - shoulder, arm 10 1
27 ------ ARM - cable 10 1 Not available.
28 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10 7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
29 of 117 29 SP8E4330 FLAG - cup pivot 10 1
30 ------ SHAFT - cup pivot 10 1 Not available.
31 SP8E4409 PAD - heel, back 10 1
32 SP8E4407 PAD - heel, front 10 1
33 SP8E4408 PAD - heel, middle 10 1
34 SP2B4312 WASHER - flat, nylon 10 2
35 SP8E4464 TUBING - heel, back 10 1
36 SP8E4463 TUBING - heel, front 10 1
37 SP8E4465 TUBING - frame 10 1
38 SP96-0000-4022-8 FITTING - t, tube to tube 10 1
39 SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 10 2
40 SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 10 2
41 SP8E7483 LABEL - serial no. 10 1
42 SP8E4488 LABEL - frame 10 1
43 ------ HEEL - pickup 10 1 Not available.
44 ------ FRAME - pickup 10 1 Not available.
45 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 10 2 s5 and s6 are
fastened by
item 28.
46 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 10 1 sf7 is fastened
by item 28.
47 SP7E9788 BEARING - ball, radial 10 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY
Page
30 of 117 Figure 11 MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS

7
8

10 11 12

17
2

20
5
16
13 14 15
9

8 1 18

6
19
3
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 11 MOTORS, BELTS, TENSIONERS, and PULLEYS
Page
31 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 11 2 mst6, mst15
2 SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 11 1
3 SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 11 1
4 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 11 21
5 SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 11 1
6 SP5F2497 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth 11 1
7 SP7E8535 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth 11 2
8 SP7E9565 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth 11 2
9 SP7E9252 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth 11 2
10 SP8E4541 TENSIONER AY - flanged 11 2
11 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11 2 Included with item
10.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11 1 Included with item
10.
13 SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 11 2
14 SP6E8808 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11 2 Included with item
13.
15 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11 1 Included with item
13.
16 SP8F0147 HARNESS - vertical transport 11 1
17 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 11 2
18 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11 8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 12 ROLLERS and GUIDES
Page
32 of 117 12 11
18
35
30

33
19 29
23
24

16
34
31 21 28

32

26 17
20
27 5
9
7
1
8 13
4 6 22 15 14
2 10

3 25
H199_1003DC
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 12 ROLLERS and GUIDES
Page
33 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 12 2
2 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 12 50
3 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 12 20
4 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 12 20
5 SP8E4116 ROLLER - drive, solid, knob 12 1
6 SP8E1725 ROLLER - idler, segmented 12 5
7 SP8E1723 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12 9
8 SP8E1722 ROLLER - drive, solid 12 5
9 SP8E1724 ROLLER - idler, solid 12 5
10 SP8E1818 GUIDE - down, lower 12 1
11 SP26-1007- MOUNT - Panduit 12 1
0054-6
12 SP26-1001- TIE WRAP - Panduit 12 1
7033-6
13 SP8E1633 GUIDE - down, middle 12 1
14 SP8E1776 GUIDE - down, flat 12 4
15 SP8E4162 GUIDE - segmented, dual 12 1
16 SP8E4117 GUIDE - down, upper 12 1
17 SP8E4750 COVER - roller, drive, lower 12 1
18 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 12 1 sf19
19 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 12 1
20 SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 12 1
21 SP8E4194 COVER - roller, drive 12 2
22 SP8E4195 COVER - roller, idler 12 3
23 ----- STANDOFF 12 3 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
34 of 117 24 ----- PLATE - back 12 1 Not available.
25 SP8E7485 LABEL - serial no. 12 1
26 ----- PLATE - front 12 1 Not available.
27 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 12 52
28 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 12 67
29 SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12 1
30 SP8E4980 GUIDE - up, lower left 12 1
31 SP8E4981 GUIDE - up, right, vertical 12 1
32 SP8F0135 GUIDE - up, lower right 12 1
33 SP8F0133 GUIDE - up, upper right 12 1
34 SP8F0134 GUIDE - up, lower left 12 1
35 SP8F0132 GUIDE - up, upper left 12 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 IMAGING AY
Page
35 of 117 Figure 13 MAIN AY - Front Right Side

11
15
10 12
13
1
16
14
21
19
9
12 17
18
7
6
34
22 23
16 36

20 24
3
33 35
5 4
25
3 32
3
31
2 26
28

6 7 27 29 30
1 8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 13 MAIN AY - Front Right Side
Page
36 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 6
2 SP8E4951 SPACER - carriage, shipping 13 1
3 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 19
4 ------ LABEL - warning 13 1 Not available. The
LABEL is in 2
parts.
5 ------ BRACKET - top, isolation 13 1 Not available.
6 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 4
7 SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 13 2
8 SP5F0244 SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow 13 2 Used during
shipment.
9 SP8E9441 MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT 13 1
10 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 6 Included with item
9.
11 SP8F0170 OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT 13 1 See Figure 15.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 3
13 SP8E1146 RAIL - right, translation 13 1
14 SP8E9211 RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT 13 1 Includes the RAIL,
SCALE, and the
SHOULDER
SCREW.
15 ------ SCREW - shoulder, socket head 13 1 Not available.
Included with item
14.
16 SP26-1006-2032-2 NUT - keps, 8-32, black 13 4
17 SP96-0000-1559-2 WASHER - M4, steel, zinc 13 4
18 SP7E9832 BUMPER - round 13 4
19 ------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back 13 1 Not available.
20 ------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front 13 1 Not available.
21 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 4 Used to fasten
items 19 and 20.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
37 of 117 22 SP244868 CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount 13 5
23 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 5
24 SP8E5953 BRACKET - support, ribbon cable 13 1
25 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13 2
26 ------ BRACKET - right, isolation 13 1 Not available.
27 SP8E4830 SLIDE - inner, imaging AY 13 2
28 ------ STRAP - platen, ground 13 1 Not available.
29 SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 13 16
30 SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 13 16
31 ------ LABEL - serial no. 13 1 Not available.
32 ------ BRACKET - base, isolation 13 1 Not available.
33 ------ LABEL - warning 13 1 Not available.
34 ------ PLATEN AY 13 1 Not available. See
Figure 16 -
Figure 18.
35 SP8E4986 GASKET - long, isolation 13 1
36 SP8E4987 GASKET - short, isolation 13 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 14 MAIN AY - Back Left Side
Page
38 of 117

9 1
8 2
7

4 1
4
10 12
20
11 12
19

4 17 18
13 14 15 4 21 22 16
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 14 MAIN AY - Back Left Side
Page
39 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 14 3
2 SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 14 1
3 ------ LABEL - warning, back cover 14 1 Not available.
4 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 14 12
5 ------ COVER - flex termination 14 1 Not available.
6 SP8E1567 BOARD AY - flex termination 14 1
7 ------ GASKET 14 1 Not available.
8 ------ BUSHING - Heyco, snap 14 2 Not available.
9 ------ BRACKET - back, isolation 14 1 Not available.
10 ------ CABLE - ribbon, data, optics 14 1 See item 12.
11 ------ CABLE - ribbon, power, optics 14 1 See item 12.
12 SP8E9212 CABLE KIT 14 1 Flex cables with
bracket and clamps.
Includes items 10
and 11.
13 SP8E4045 HARNESS - platen motors 14 1
14 SP8E4046 HARNESS - platen sensor 14 1
15 SP8E4032 CABLE - start of page sensor 14 1
16 SP8E4392 CABLE AY - isolation 14 4
17 SP7E8491 SPRING - compression 14 4
18 SP8E4406 GUIDE - spring 14 4
19 ------ POST - retention 14 2 Not available.
20 ------ POST - retention 14 2 Not available.
21 ------ GROMMET - round 14 4 Not available.
22 SP8E1749 DAMPER - isolation, lateral 14 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 15 OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side
Page
40 of 117

1
2

Figure 15 OPTICS AND CARRIAGE AY - Front Right Side


Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 15 2
2 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 15 2 s16, s17
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 16 PLATEN AY - Front Left Side
Page
41 of 117

9
1 2 3

7
10 6
5 8

4
14
15

10
16 3
17 10
13
2
18
1

11 12 10
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 16 PLATEN AY - Front Left Side
Page
42 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 16 2
2 SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16 2
3 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 16 2
4 SP8E1699 SHAFT - drive, film registration 16 1
5 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 2
6 SP8E1433 REGISTRATION AY - platen film 16 1 Includes items 7, 8,
and 9.
7 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 2
8 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 5
9 SP8E1369 FINGER AY 16 5
10 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 8
11 SP8E1701 REGISTRATION AY - front film 16 1
12 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 4 Included with item 11.
13 SP8E1362 REGISTRATION AY - rear film 16 1 Includes items 14 -
17.
14 SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16 1
15 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 16 1 Used to fasten item
14.
16 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 16 1 mst7
17 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 16 2 Used to fasten item
16.
18 ------ FRAME AY - platen 16 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 17 PLATEN AY - Back Left Side
Page
43 of 117

4 5

11 1
2
3
10
12
9
13
7 8
6 14

16 15
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 17 PLATEN AY - Back Left Side
Page
44 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 4
2 SP8E4752 BRACKET - shipping lock 17 1
3 SP7F3964 TRANSPORT AY - platen film 17 1 See Figure 19 and
Figure 20.
4 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 2
5 SP8E5730 BRACKET - sensor, start of page 17 1
6 SP8E1373 BOARD - start of page sensor 17 1
7 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 1
8 SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 17 1
9 SP8E5957 FINGER - film centering, left 17 1
10 SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 17 1
11 SP26-1007- NUT - keps, black, zinc 17 4
2397-7
12 SP8E5729 BRACKET - film centering, left 17 1
13 SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 17 2
14 SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 17 1
15 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 17 4
16 SP7F6165 BRACKET - shipping, bottom 17 2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 18 PLATEN AY - Front Right Side
Page
45 of 117

1
16

17

1
15
11 3 1
12 4
10

14 9 5
13 7 6
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 18 PLATEN AY - Front Right Side
Page
46 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 4
2 SP8E4054 BRACKET - sensor 18 1
3 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 2
4 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 18 2 s11, s12
5 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 1
6 SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 18 1
7 SP8E5958 FINGER - film centering, right 18 1
8 SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 18 1
9 SP26-1007- NUT - keps, black, zinc 18 4
2397-7
10 SP8E5728 BRACKET - film centering, right 18 1
11 SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 18 2
12 SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 18 1
13 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 18 1
14 SP8E5727 LINK - film centering 18 1
15 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 18 4
16 SP8E9216 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 18 1 mst10
17 SP8E5977 BRACKET - motor 18 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 19 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS
Page
47 of 117

22
23
9 10
6 8
11
13
4
3

1 14
8

20
2 5
8
7
21
12

15 17 16 18 19
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 19 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - ROLLERS, GUIDES and FINGERS
Page
48 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 19 6
2 SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 19 1
3 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 19 5
4 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 19 2
5 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 19 2
6 ------ SHAFT - carriage 19 10 Not available.
7 SP8E4444 FINGER AY 19 5
8 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 19 10
9 SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 19 1
10 ------ RETAINER - shaft 19 1 Not available.
11 ------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport 19 1 Not available.
12 ------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen 1 Not available.
transport 19

13 SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 19 1


14 ------ ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport 19 1 Not available.
15 ------ ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen 1 Not available.
transport 19

16 ------ SPRING - extension, finger 19 5 Not available.


17 SP26-1007- NUT - keps, black, zinc 19 8
2397-7
18 ------ LINK - slide 19 1 Not available.
19 SP8E1688 GUIDE - right 19 1
20 ------ GUIDE - left 19 1 Not available.
21 SP8E1117 SLIDE - finger 19 2
22 ------ LABEL - serial no. 19 1 Not available.
23 ------ FRAME - platen transport 19 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 20 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS
Page
49 of 117

19

20

22

21
19

17
17 14
13 15
12
6
2

1 7
1
8
3

4
5 9
18 16
2
10
1
11 2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 20 PLATEN FILM TRANSPORT - MOTORS, SENSORS and PULLEYS
Page
50 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 20 7
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 6
3 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 2
4 SP8E1968 MOUNT - motor 20 1
5 SP8E9215 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 20 1
6 SP7E8215 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth 20 1
7 SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 20 1
8 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 20 1 mst8
9 SP8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 20 1
10 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 20 4 Included with item 9.
11 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 1 Included with item 9.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 2
13 SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 20 2
14 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 20 7
15 SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 20 2
16 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 20 3
17 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 20 2
18 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 20 2
19 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 20 2
20 SP8E4365 SENSOR - flag 20 1 sf13
21 SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 20 1 s10
22 SP8E4107 BRACKET - sensor 20 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 FILM PROCESSOR AY
Page
51 of 117 Figure 21 FILM PROCESSOR - Front

5
2
4

7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 21 FILM PROCESSOR - Front
Page
52 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4137 DRUM COVER AY - processor 21 1 See Figure 23.
2 SP8E1341 MAIN DRUM AY 21 1
3 SP26-1012- CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring 21 2
1661-7
4 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 21 4
5 SP7E9243 SPRING - extension 21 2
6 ------ SECTION AY - cooling 21 1 Not available. See
Figure 25.
7 SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 21 1
8 ------ CHASSIS AY 21 1 Not available. See
Figure 28 -
Figure 30.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 22 FILM PROCESSOR - Back
Page
53 of 117
1

6
8 2

3
9

11 10
7 5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 22 FILM PROCESSOR - Back
Page
54 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22 6
2 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22 1
3 SP8E4037 HARNESS - slip rings 22 1
4 ------ COVER - guard 22 2 Not available.
5 ------ GUARD - electrical 22 1 Not available.
6 ------ COUPLER AY - optical 22 1 Not available. See
Figure 26.
7 ------ TRAIN AY - drive 22 1 Not available. See
Figure 27.
8 ------ LABEL - warning, high voltage 22 1 Not available.
9 SP5F2515 BELT - timing, roller 22 1
10 SP8F0182 BRACKET - motor, support 22 1
11 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 23 DRUM COVER AY
Page
55 of 117

7
4

9 10 11
2 1
H199_1006DC
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 23 DRUM COVER AY
Page
56 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 23 6
2 ------ SPACER - cover 23 6 Not available.
3 SP8E1301 PRESSURE ROLLER AY 23 1 See Figure 24.
4 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 23 13
5 SP8E4887 DUCT - drum 23 1
6 SP8E4892 INSULATION - cover 23 1
7 ----- GASKET - cover 23 1 If necessary, order
ACCESSORY KIT -
COVER, THERMAL
PROCESSOR,
SP7F6183.
8 ----- GASKET - cover 23 2 If necessary, order
ACCESSORY KIT -
COVER, THERMAL
PROCESSOR,
SP7F6183.
9 SP8E4289 HANDLE - cover 23 1
10 ------ LABEL - hot surface 23 1 Not available.
11 ------ FRAME - cover 23 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 24 PRESSURE ROLLER AY
Page
57 of 117

2
1
11
3
8

10 7

12 13 14 15

7
1
3
2 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 24 PRESSURE ROLLER AY
Page
58 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP26-1005- E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 24 6
9819-7
2 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 24 1
3 SP8E1898 INSULATION - end 24 2
4 ------ PLATE - mounting, clip, front 24 1 Not available.
5 ------ MOUNTING AY - clip, back 24 1 Not available.
6 ------ KEEPER - processor roller 24 4 Not available.
7 SP8E4181 SPRING - roller 24 36
8 ------ PLATE - retainer 24 2 Not available.
9 ------ RETAINER - back 24 1 Not available.
10 ------ RETAINER - front 24 1 Not available.
11 ------ SHAFT - retainer 24 3 Not available.
12 SP8E1305 ROLLER AY - pressure 24 36
13 SP26-1005- E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 24 2 Included with item
9819-7 12.
14 SP96-0000- WASHER 24 2 Included with item
0364-8 12.
15 SP26-1011- BEARING - grade 511 24 2 Included with item
7059-0 12.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 25 COOLING SECTION
Page
59 of 117

3 4

5 6

Figure 25 COOLING SECTION


Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25 3
2 SP8E1730 FAN 25 1
3 SP8E7077 OUTLET AY - cooling section 25 1
4 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25 3 Included with item 3.
5 SP8E7022 INLET AY - cooling section 25 1
6 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25 Included with item 5.
7 SP8E4664 HEATSINK AY - cooling section 25 1
8 SP8E4929 GASKET - fan, cooling section 25 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 26 OPTICAL COUPLER AY
Page
60 of 117
4 1

2 3
1
5 6

9 10 11
18 17

20

19
22
21

16

12 14 13 15
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 26 OPTICAL COUPLER AY
Page
61 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 3
2 SP8E4431 HOLDER - optical sensor 26 1
3 SP7E9379 PHOTOSENSOR 26 1
4 SP8E4432 CAP - optical sensor 26 1
5 SP7E9343 WASHER 26 1
6 SP8E4433 BRACKET- optical sensor 26

7 SP8E4013 CABLE - processor receiver 26 1


8 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 2
9 SP8E1262 BRUSH AY 26 1
10 SP7E9242 SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head 26 2 Included with item
9.
11 SP26-1011- SPRING - brush 26 5 Included with item
6656-4 9.
12 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 1
13 SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 26 1
14 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 26 2
15 ------ SHAFT - idler, timing 26 1 Not available.
16 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 26 1
17 SP8E1886 SPRING - torsion, idler 26 1
18 SP8E1286 IDLER AY - spring loaded 26 1 Includes items 19
- 21.
19 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 26 1
20 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 26 2
21 SP168355 BEARING - Nyliner 26 2
22 ------ FRAME - pedestal 26 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 27 DRIVE TRAIN AY
Page
62 of 117
3

1 4
12
13
7
2

6
5
5 11
15
14
10
9
7 4
8
4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 27 DRIVE TRAIN AY
Page
63 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E9232 BELT - timing, drum 27 1
2 SP7E8486 BELT - timing, drive 27 1
3 SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 27 4
4 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 27 4
5 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 27 3
6 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 27 1 mst16
7 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 27 2
8 ------ SPACER - shaft 27 1 Not available.
9 ------ SHAFT - intermediate 27 1 Not available.
10 SP8E4498 PULLEY - 80 tooth 27 1
11 SP8E4786 PLATE - motor isolation 27 1
12 SP7E9674 GROMMET 27 4
13 SP8E4768 SLEEVE - isolation 27 4
14 SP8E4758 PLATE - isolation 27 1
15 ------ FRAME - drive train 27 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 28 CHASSIS AY - Front
Page
64 of 117

9
5 8

15
14
5
12
13

11

10
6
16

4
1 3
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 28 CHASSIS AY - Front
Page
65 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4380 DUCT - u 28 1
2 SP8F0295 TRAP AY - upper, condensation 28 1
3 SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 28 6
4 SP8E1806 TRAP AY - lower, condensation 28 1
5 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 28 6
6 ------ PLATE - cooling 28 1 Not available.
7 SP26-1003-6902-9 NUT - metric, clear 28 2
8 SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY - film 28 1
9 SP8E1925 PAD AY - felt 28 1
10 ------ GUARD - cover 28 2 Not available.
11 SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 28 6
12 SP8E4735 GASKET - main drum 28 4
13 ------ PLATE - side, front 28 1 Not available.
14 SP8E1897 INSULATION - end, main drum 28 2
15 ------ PLATE - side, back 28 1 Not available.
16 ------ FRAME - processor 28 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 29 CHASSIS AY - Back
Page
66 of 117
3 4

21
10 12
11

13
15

22
14 19
20
9 16
18 17
6 7
8
1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 29 CHASSIS AY - Back
Page
67 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 29 20
2 SP8E1327 DENSITOMETER AY 29 1 See Figure 31.
3 SP7E9343 WASHER 29 4
4 ------ PLATE - chassis 29 2 Not available.
5 SP8E4554 INSULATION - chassis 29 1
6 SP8F0296 GUIDE AY - entrance 29 1
7 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 29 4 Included with item 6.
8 SP8F0298 GUIDE - vertical 29 1
9 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 29 20
10 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 29 6
11 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 29 23
12 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 29 6
13 SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 29 5
14 SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 29 1
15 SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 29 1
16 SP8E4440 IDLER - timing, flat, flanged 29 1
17 SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 29 1
18 SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepperG1010 29 1
19 SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 29 1
20 SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 29 1
21 SP5F2514 BELT - timing, roller 29 1
22 8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 29 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 30 CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS
Page
68 of 117

6
1
7
3 5

Figure 30 CHASSIS AY - ROLLERS


Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 30 9
2 SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 30 3
3 SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 30 9
4 SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 30 3
5 SP5E7997 ROLLER - idler, solid 30 3
6 SP7F6894 ROLLER - drive, solid 30 1
7 SP8E1183 ROLLER - drive, solid, upper 30 3
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 31 DENSITOMETER
Page
69 of 117

2 3

1
4

11 6

7
9
10
8

12

13

17 14

15
16
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 31 DENSITOMETER
Page
70 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 10
2 ------ LABEL - serial no. 31 1 Not available.
3 ------ COVER - densitometer 31 1 Not available.
4 SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 4
5 ------ BOARD - light source 31 1 Not available.
6 ------ PIPE - densitometer, light 31 2 Not available.
7 ------ HOLDER - light pipe 31 2 Not available.
8 SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 1
9 SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 31 1 sf20
10 ------ CABLE - densitometer exit sensor 31 1 Not available.
11 ------ BRACKET - sensor 31 1 Not available.
12 ------ GUIDE - upper 31 1 Not available.
13 ------ SPACER - densitometer 31 2 Not available.
14 ------ GUIDE - lower 31 1 Not available.
15 K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 31 1
16 ------ CABLE - light source 31 1 Not available.
17 ------ BOARD - densitometer 31 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 SORTER AY
Page
71 of 117 Figure 32 Overview

4
1

Figure 32 Overview
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E1214 SECTION - sorter idler 32 1 See Figure 33.
2 SP8E4644 SORTER AY 32 4 See Figure 34 and
Figure 35.
3 SP8E4601 LABEL - sorter access 32 1
4 ------ LABEL - serial no. 32 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 33 IDLER SECTION
Page
72 of 117
1
2

Figure 33 IDLER SECTION


Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E1550 ROLLER AY - idler 33 4
2 SP78-8016- E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 33 4
5859-8
3 SP7E8225 LATCH 33 1
4 ------ FRAME - sorter idler 33 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 34 DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2
Page
73 of 117

2
18 19 1
30
22 1 11

24 1
20 17
21 23 13 14
12
1 10

15 9

5
16

26
25 3

7 4
27 31 3 29 28 8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 34 DRIVE SECTION - 1 of 2
Page
74 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 34 29
2 ------ COVER - sorter 34 1 Not available.
3 SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 34 2
4 SP8E1406 KNOB - roller 34 1
5 SP7E9162 NUT - hex, self-locking 34 10
6 ------ MOUNT - diverter actuator 34 1 Not available.
7 ------ SPACER - rotary actuator 34 5 Not available.
8 SP8E4324 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 34 1 sol4
9 SP8E4325 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 34 4 sol5 - 8
10 SP8E1616 COUPLING - helical, diverter 34 5
11 SP8E1559 BOARD - detector, jam sense 34 1
12 SP8E4210 HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor 34 1
13 ------ COLLIMATOR - photo cell 34 1 Not available.
14 SP8E1910 PLATE - catch 34 1
15 SP8E9440 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 34 1
16 SP8E9439 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 34 5
17 SP7E9447 SPRING - pressure roller 34 12
18 SP78-8016- E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 34 20
5853-1
19 SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 34 12
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
75 of 117 20 SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 34 12
21 SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 34 12
22 SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 34 6
23 SP8E4624 ROLLER - pressure, segmented 34 6
24 SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 34 6
25 ------ SHAFT - pivot 34 1 Not available.
26 ------ BEARING - pivot 34 2 Not available.
27 SP8E4645 TRAY - back, bin 1 34 1
28 ------ PLUG - round 34 1 Not available.
29 SP26-1000- BUSHING - grommet 34 1
0785-0
30 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 34 6
31 ------ FRAME - drive AY 34 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 35 DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2
Page
76 of 117

13 25
14 27
15 26

6
18
7 7
16

8 9 10
20
19
21 12 28
23
24 4
17 11
22 3

5 4
2
1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 35 DRIVE SECTION - 2 of 2
Page
77 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 35 2
2 SP8E1216 MOTOR - stepper 35 1 mst17
3 SP8E4152 COUPLING - motor 35 1
4 SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 35 5
5 SP7E8226 MOUNT - damper 35 1
6 SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 35 2
7 SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 35 6
8 SP8E1153 SHAFT AY - drive 35 1
9 SP78-8016- E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 35 7 Included with item 8.
5853-1
10 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 35 7 Included with item 8.
11 SP8E1558 BOARD - emitter, jam sense 35 1
12 SP7E9607 REFLECTOR - LED 35 1
13 SP78-8016- E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 35 5
5859-8
14 ------ SLEEVE - shaft 35 2 Not available.
15 ------ ROLLER AY - guide 35 4 Not available.
16 SP78-8016- E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 35 6
5853-1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
Page
78 of 117 17 SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 35 2
18 SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 35 1
19 SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 35 4
20 SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 35 4
21 SP8E4138 ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing 35 2
22 SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 35 2
23 SP8E1690 ROLLER - transport, lower 35 1
24 SP8E1508 DIVERTER AY 35 5
25 SP78-8005- TIE-WRAP - Panduit 35 7
4748-7
26 SP8E4209 HARNESS - motor 35 1
27 SP8E1622 BOARD - sorter control 35 1
28 K151779 BEARING - Nyliner 35 5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 DICOM RASTER ENGINE (DRE)
Page
79 of 117 Figure 36 DRE AY

2
5

1
4

Figure 36 DRE
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8F0036 DRE AY 36 1
2 tbd DRIVE - DVD ROM 36 1
3 tbd HARD DRIVE - SATA 36 1
4 tbd POWER SUPPLY 36 1
5 tbd FAN 36 2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 POWER MODULE
Page
80 of 117 Figure 37 POWER SUPPLY AY

2
7
5

1
8

Figure 37 POWER SUPPLY AY


Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4945 BOARD - alternating current 37 1
2 SP7E9143 POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC 37 1
3 SP26-1004- CIRCUIT BREAKER 37 3
3199-3
4 SP8E4880 FAN AY 37 1
5 SP8E4883 GASKET 37 1
6 ----- BASE - power supply 37 1 Not available.
7 ----- FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 37 1 Not available.
8 ----- BRACKET - fan 37 1 Not available.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 CABLES
Page
81 of 117 Figure 38 Overview

26
1
10
2

3
13

14
9 22
18 19 23

11 15

12 8
24
7
20 21
4
16
25 17
6 5
H199_1005DC-fap
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Illustrated Parts List
15JUL05
8F1622 Figure 38 Overview
Page
82 of 117
Item Part No. Description Quantity Notes
1 SP8E4035 HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids 38 1
2 SP8E4049 CABLE - service switch 38 1
3 SP8E4206 HARNESS - drawer interlocks 38 1
4 SP8E4038 CABLE - ethernet, DICOM 38 1
5 SP8E4022 CABLE - AC, power switch 38 1
6 SP8E4023 CABLE - AC, processor power 38 1
7 SP8E4027 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, 1
pickup, upper 38

8 SP8E4024 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, 1


feeder, upper 38

9 SP8E4226 CABLE - faz fan 38 1


10 SP8E4050 CABLE - interlock, hood 38 1
11 SP8E4051 CABLE - interlock, front door 38 1
12 SP8E4000 CABLE - interlock, back door 38 1
13 SP8E4036 HARNESS - EBA to sorter 38 1
14 SP8E4001 CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead 38 1
15 SP8E4034 HARNESS - processor and cooling section 38 1
16 SP8E4010 CABLE - EBA to flexterm data 38 1
17 SP8E4015 CABLE - DRE to EBA data 38 1
18 SP8E4009 CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors 38 1
19 SP8E4002 CABLE - EBA power 38 1
20 SP8E4008 CABLE - EBA to flexterm power 38 1
21 SP8E4006 CABLE - EBA to densitometer 38 1
22 SP8E4005 CABLE - EBA to cart. controller 38 1
23 SP8E4007 CABLE - EBA to processor comm 38 1
24 SP8E4004 CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader 38 1
25 SP8E4016 CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 38 1
26 SP8F0191 CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor 38 1
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
Section 3: Numerical Index
83 of 117
Numerical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
----- BASE - power supply 37
----- BRACKET - fan 37
----- FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 37
----- GASKET - cover 23
----- PLATE - back 12
----- PLATE - front 12
----- PROCESSOR AY 3
----- STANDOFF 12
------ ARM - cable 10
------ ARM - cup pivot 10
------ BASE - film, guard 7
------ BEARING - pivot 34
------ BOARD - densitometer 31
------ BOARD - light source 31
------ BRACKET - back, isolation 14
------ BRACKET - base, isolation 13
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back 13
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front 13
------ BRACKET - right, isolation 13
------ BRACKET - sensor 31
------ BRACKET - top, isolation 13
------ BUSHING - Heyco, snap 14
------ CABLE - densitometer exit sensor 31
------ CABLE - light source 31
------ CABLE - ribbon, data, optics 14
------ CABLE - ribbon, power, optics 14
------ CAM - guard 7
------ CHASSIS AY 21
------ COLLIMATOR - photo cell 34
------ COUPLER AY - optical 22
------ COVER - densitometer 31
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
84 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
------ COVER - flex termination 14
------ COVER - guard 22
------ COVER - sorter 34
------ DRIVER - motor 9
------ FLAG - roller 7
------ FRAME - cover 23
------ FRAME - drive AY 34
------ FRAME - drive train 27
------ FRAME - pedestal 26
------ FRAME - pickup 10
------ FRAME - platen transport 19
------ FRAME - processor 28
------ FRAME - rollback 7
------ FRAME - sorter idler 33
------ FRAME AY - platen 16
------ GASKET 14
------ GROMMET - round 14
------ GUARD - cover 28
------ GUARD - electrical 22
------ GUIDE - left 19
------ GUIDE - lower 31
------ GUIDE - upper 31
------ HEEL - pickup 10
------ HINGE 5
------ HOLDER - light pipe 31
------ KEEPER - processor roller 24
------ LABEL - hot surface 23
------ LABEL - serial no. 13, 19, 31, 32
------ LABEL - warning 13
------ LABEL - warning, back cover 14
------ LABEL - warning, high voltage 22
------ LINK - slide 19
------ LOCK - heel 9
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
85 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
------ MOUNT - back, rollers 8
------ MOUNT - DC motor 8, 9
------ MOUNT - diverter actuator 34
------ MOUNT - front, rollers 8
------ MOUNTING AY - clip, back 24
------ PIN - pulley 10
------ PIPE - densitometer, light 31
------ PLATE - chassis 29
------ PLATE - cooling 28
------ PLATE - mounting, clip, front 24
------ PLATE - retainer 24
------ PLATE - side, back 28
------ PLATE - side, front 28
------ PLATEN AY 13
------ PLUG - round 34
------ POST - retention 14
------ RETAINER - back 24
------ RETAINER - front 24
------ RETAINER - shaft 19
------ RING - drive, pickup 8
------ ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen transport 19
------ ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport 19
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport 19
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen transport 19
------ ROLLER AY - guide 35
------ SCREW - shoulder, socket head 13
------ SECTION AY - cooling 21
------ SHAFT - carriage 19
------ SHAFT - cup pivot 10
------ SHAFT - film guard 7
------ SHAFT - heel 10
------ SHAFT - idler, timing 26
------ SHAFT - intermediate 27
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
86 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
------ SHAFT - pivot 34
------ SHAFT - retainer 24
------ SLEEVE - shaft 35
------ SPACER - cover 23
------ SPACER - densitometer 31
------ SPACER - rotary actuator 34
------ SPACER - shaft 27
------ SPRING - extension, finger 19
------ STRAP - platen, ground 13
------ SUPPORT - gas spring 5
------ SUPPORT AY - hood 5
------ TRAIN AY - drive 22
8E4148 VALVE AY 9
8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 29
K151779 BEARING - Nyliner 35
K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 16, 18,
2, 20, 3, 31, 4,
5, 7
SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP168355 BEARING - Nyliner 26
SP244868 CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount 13
SP26-1000-0785-0 BUSHING - grommet 34
SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3, 7
SP26-1003-6902-9 NUT - metric, clear 28
SP26-1004-3199-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER 37
SP26-1004-5503-4 WASHER - flat, steel, zinc 7
SP26-1005-9819-7 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 10, 24, 8, 9
SP26-1006-2032-2 NUT - keps, 8-32, black 13
SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3
SP26-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 17, 18, 19, 7, 8
SP26-1008-5021-8 ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 gram tube 5
SP26-1008-5590-2 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP26-1011-6641-6 WASHER - lock, internal 1, 5
SP26-1011-6656-4 SPRING - brush 26
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
87 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP26-1011-7059-0 BEARING - grade 511 24
SP26-1011-8445-0 MOUNT - Panduit 7
SP26-1012-1661-7 CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring 21
SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 14, 17,
18, 2, 28, 7
SP2B4312 WASHER - flat, nylon 10
SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 14, 16, 17
SP445942 BUSHING - Heyco, snap 7
SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7, 8
SP5E7656 PIN - carriage 10
SP5E7663 PIN - spring, pivot 10
SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 10, 9
SP5E7689 CABLE - drive 9
SP5E7865 CARRIAGE - rollback 7
SP5E7909 MOTOR - DC, pickup 9
SP5E7972 PIN - spring 10
SP5E7988 DRUM - spring, constant force 7
SP5E7997 ROLLER - idler, solid 30
SP5F0244 SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow 13
SP5F0279 CLAMP 5
SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 10, 11, 12, 16,
19, 20, 26, 27,
29, 30, 8
SP5F2497 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth 11
SP5F2514 BELT - timing, roller 29
SP5F2515 BELT - timing, roller 22
SP6-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP66-0000-0235-3 BUMPER - round 5
SP6E8808 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11
SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 17, 18, 7
SP6E8952 SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 5
SP74-9999-9120-6 LABEL - model/serial 3
SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 15, 18, 20, 26,
31, 7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
88 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25, 31
SP748359 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4
SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 22, 28, 4,
8, 9
SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11, 13, 20, 26,
29
SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 1, 3
SP78-8005-4748-7 TIE-WRAP - Panduit 35
SP78-8016-5853-1 E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP78-8016-5859-8 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 33, 35
SP78-8094-5694-6 CUP - pickup 10
SP78-8161-8389-7 BEARING - Nyliner 1
SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 34, 35, 7, 8
SP7E7736 PUMP - vacuum 9
SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10, 12, 13, 22,
25, 34, 35, 8
SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 10, 11, 12,
13, 16, 17, 18,
19, 2, 20, 23,
24, 25, 26, 3,
35, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9
SP7E7753 CLAMP - loop, nylon 9
SP7E7798 SPRING - constant force 7
SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 34, 35
SP7E8008 BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded 7
SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1, 10, 11, 12,
16, 18, 19, 20,
21, 26, 27, 29,
30, 5, 7, 8, 9
SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 5, 8
SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 11, 8
SP7E8211 CHAIN - plastic 7
SP7E8215 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth 20
SP7E8225 LATCH 33
SP7E8226 MOUNT - damper 35
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
89 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP7E8454 CLAMP - cable 7
SP7E8486 BELT - timing, drive 27
SP7E8491 SPRING - compression 14
SP7E8506 SPRING - extension 9
SP7E8507 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E8513 SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A 1
SP7E8525 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E8535 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth 11
SP7E8657 SPRING - compression 8
SP7E8700 SCREW - Torx, pan head 5
SP7E8977 BEARING - ball, flanged 8
SP7E8978 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP7E9107 WASHER 2
SP7E9143 POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC 37
SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 34, 35
SP7E9162 NUT - hex, self-locking 34
SP7E9186 WASHER 1
SP7E9232 BELT - timing, drum 27
SP7E9242 SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head 26
SP7E9243 SPRING - extension 21
SP7E9252 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth 11
SP7E9343 WASHER 26, 29
SP7E9352 WASHER 1
SP7E9379 PHOTOSENSOR 26
SP7E9447 SPRING - pressure roller 34
SP7E9522 LATCH - compression 6
SP7E9565 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth 11
SP7E9587 CLIP - wire mounting 8
SP7E9607 REFLECTOR - LED 35
SP7E9674 GROMMET 27
SP7E9788 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP7E9832 BUMPER - round 13
SP7F3360 BOARD - processor 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
90 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP7F3964 TRANSPORT AY - platen film 17
SP7F6165 BRACKET - shipping, bottom 17
SP7F6252 FAN AY - filter 4
SP7F6894 ROLLER - drive, solid 30
SP8E1002 ROLLER - drive, pickup 8
SP8E1004 PIN - rocker 8
SP8E1010 ROLLER - idler, pickup 8
SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 10, 12, 31, 8
SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 10, 15, 18, 20,
7, 8
SP8E1036 SHAFT - drive, pickup 8
SP8E1055 SCREW - shoulder, rocker 8
SP8E1117 SLIDE - finger 19
SP8E1146 RAIL - right, translation 13
SP8E1153 SHAFT AY - drive 35
SP8E1183 ROLLER - drive, solid, upper 30
SP8E1193 LATCH AY 1
SP8E1200 PANEL AY - film supply 1
SP8E1201 DOOR AY - front 1
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 11, 16, 20, 27
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepperG1010 29
SP8E1214 SECTION - sorter idler 32
SP8E1216 MOTOR - stepper 35
SP8E1249 MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close 8
SP8E1262 BRUSH AY 26
SP8E1286 IDLER AY - spring loaded 26
SP8E1301 PRESSURE ROLLER AY 23
SP8E1305 ROLLER AY - pressure 24
SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 34, 35
SP8E1316 PIN - link, pickup 8
SP8E1327 DENSITOMETER AY 29
SP8E1341 MAIN DRUM AY 21
SP8E1362 REGISTRATION AY - rear film 16
SP8E1369 FINGER AY 16
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
91 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E1373 BOARD - start of page sensor 17
SP8E1406 KNOB - roller 34
SP8E1408 PIN - idler gear 8
SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 20, 29
SP8E1433 REGISTRATION AY - platen film 16
SP8E1455 STRIKER - latch 1
SP8E1463 CABLE - spring 10
SP8E1464 SCREW - shoulder, arm 10
SP8E1469 SPRING - carriage 10
SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY - film 28
SP8E1508 DIVERTER AY 35
SP8E1550 ROLLER AY - idler 33
SP8E1558 BOARD - emitter, jam sense 35
SP8E1559 BOARD - detector, jam sense 34
SP8E1567 BOARD AY - flex termination 14
SP8E1584 BOARD - cartridge control 4
SP8E1587 BOARD - RF tag 4
SP8E1590 BOARD - RF antenna 7
SP8E1616 COUPLING - helical, diverter 34
SP8E1622 BOARD - sorter control 35
SP8E1625 LOCATOR - cartridge 7
SP8E1633 GUIDE - down, middle 12
SP8E1646 GASKET - EMI, drawer 7
SP8E1688 GUIDE - right 19
SP8E1690 ROLLER - transport, lower 35
SP8E1692 SHAFT - idler, pickup 8
SP8E1699 SHAFT - drive, film registration 16
SP8E1701 REGISTRATION AY - front film 16
SP8E1722 ROLLER - drive, solid 12
SP8E1723 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12
SP8E1724 ROLLER - idler, solid 12
SP8E1725 ROLLER - idler, segmented 12
SP8E1730 FAN 25
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
92 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E1749 DAMPER - isolation, lateral 14
SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 21, 29
SP8E1776 GUIDE - down, flat 12
SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 34, 35
SP8E1796 SPRING - connector 7
SP8E1806 TRAP AY - lower, condensation 28
SP8E1818 GUIDE - down, lower 12
SP8E1830 PIN - driver 9
SP8E1886 SPRING - torsion, idler 26
SP8E1897 INSULATION - end, main drum 28
SP8E1898 INSULATION - end 24
SP8E1910 PLATE - catch 34
SP8E1925 PAD AY - felt 28
SP8E1968 MOUNT - motor 20
SP8E1975 ROD - bypass, upper drawer 1
SP8E1976 ROD - bypass, middle drawer 1
SP8E1977 ROD - bypass, lower drawer 1
SP8E1978 ROD - bypass, front door 1
SP8E1988 PANEL AY - decorative, lower, drawer 1
SP8E4000 CABLE - interlock, back door 38
SP8E4001 CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead 38
SP8E4002 CABLE - EBA power 38
SP8E4004 CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader 38
SP8E4005 CABLE - EBA to cart. controller 38
SP8E4006 CABLE - EBA to densitometer 38
SP8E4007 CABLE - EBA to processor comm 38
SP8E4008 CABLE - EBA to flexterm power 38
SP8E4009 CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors 38
SP8E4010 CABLE - EBA to flexterm data 38
SP8E4013 CABLE - processor receiver 26
SP8E4015 CABLE - DRE to EBA data 38
SP8E4016 CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 38
SP8E4018 CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel 5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
93 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4019 CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel 5
SP8E4022 CABLE - AC, power switch 38
SP8E4023 CABLE - AC, processor power 38
SP8E4024 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, feeder, upper 38
SP8E4027 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, pickup, upper 38
SP8E4032 CABLE - start of page sensor 14
SP8E4034 HARNESS - processor and cooling section 38
SP8E4035 HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids 38
SP8E4036 HARNESS - EBA to sorter 38
SP8E4037 HARNESS - slip rings 22
SP8E4038 CABLE - ethernet, DICOM 38
SP8E4042 HARNESS - feeder 8
SP8E4043 HARNESS - pickup 8
SP8E4045 HARNESS - platen motors 14
SP8E4046 HARNESS - platen sensor 14
SP8E4049 CABLE - service switch 38
SP8E4050 CABLE - interlock, hood 38
SP8E4051 CABLE - interlock, front door 38
SP8E4053 SENSOR - flag 7
SP8E4054 BRACKET - sensor 18
SP8E4080 COVER - cabling 7
SP8E4088 ROLLER AY - rollback 7
SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 12, 19
SP8E4107 BRACKET - sensor 20
SP8E4116 ROLLER - drive, solid, knob 12
SP8E4117 GUIDE - down, upper 12
SP8E4133 SPRING - bypass 1
SP8E4137 DRUM COVER AY - processor 21
SP8E4138 ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing 35
SP8E4152 COUPLING - motor 35
SP8E4162 GUIDE - segmented, dual 12
SP8E4181 SPRING - roller 24
SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 34, 35
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
94 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4194 COVER - roller, drive 12
SP8E4195 COVER - roller, idler 12
SP8E4196 GASKET - film supply 2
SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 3, 4
SP8E4206 HARNESS - drawer interlocks 38
SP8E4209 HARNESS - motor 35
SP8E4210 HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor 34
SP8E4212 ACTUATOR - interlock 6
SP8E4226 CABLE - faz fan 38
SP8E4250 SPACER, latch to door 1
SP8E4260 COVER - hood interlock 3
SP8E4264 PIPE - light 5
SP8E4286 ROD GUIDE - prop 5
SP8E4289 HANDLE - cover 23
SP8E4300 ACTUATOR - interlock 5
SP8E4304 ROD AY - prop 5
SP8E4312 GASKET - vertical 5
SP8E4313 GASKET - horizontal 5
SP8E4314 SPRING - cable 9
SP8E4324 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 34
SP8E4325 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 34
SP8E4327 CARRIAGE - pickup 10
SP8E4328 PULLEY - drive 10
SP8E4330 FLAG - cup pivot 10
SP8E4331 PULLEY - pivot 10
SP8E4332 PULLEY - cable 9
SP8E4333 LINK - pulley 9
SP8E4334 ROCKER - pickup 8
SP8E4335 GEAR - idler, pickup 8
SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 7, 8
SP8E4337 PULLEY - timing 8
SP8E4338 GEAR - drive, pickup 8
SP8E4339 FLAG - roller, pickup 8
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
95 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4340 LINK - pickup 8
SP8E4341 BUMPER - home 10
SP8E4349 GEAR - roller 7
SP8E4365 SENSOR - flag 20
SP8E4380 DUCT - u 28
SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 12, 19, 7
SP8E4392 CABLE AY - isolation 14
SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 11, 20, 27, 29,
8
SP8E4406 GUIDE - spring 14
SP8E4407 PAD - heel, front 10
SP8E4408 PAD - heel, middle 10
SP8E4409 PAD - heel, back 10
SP8E4410 COVER - access window 4
SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16
SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 13, 14
SP8E4431 HOLDER - optical sensor 26
SP8E4432 CAP - optical sensor 26
SP8E4433 BRACKET- optical sensor 26
SP8E4440 IDLER - timing, flat, flanged 29
SP8E4444 FINGER AY 19
SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 20, 26
SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 11, 20, 29
SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 11, 8
SP8E4450 SPRING - rollback clearance 7
SP8E4459 SHAFT - connector 7
SP8E4460 CONNECTOR - carriage 7
SP8E4462 TUBING - carriage 10
SP8E4463 TUBING - heel, front 10
SP8E4464 TUBING - heel, back 10
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
96 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4465 TUBING - frame 10
SP8E4466 TUBING - pump 9
SP8E4488 LABEL - frame 10
SP8E4498 PULLEY - 80 tooth 27
SP8E4522 GUIDE AY - post vertical up 2
SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 11, 29
SP8E4541 TENSIONER AY - flanged 11
SP8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 20
SP8E4554 INSULATION - chassis 29
SP8E4593 STOP AY - front door 1
SP8E4595 LABEL - film access 7
SP8E4601 LABEL - sorter access 32
SP8E4620 LABEL - vertical transport 1
SP8E4623 SWITCH - power, rocker, 4-pole, 125 V, 1
SP8E4624 ROLLER - pressure, segmented 34
SP8E4630 LABEL - warning, Japanese 4
SP8E4634 LINK AY - roller, front 7
SP8E4635 LINK AY - roller, back 7
SP8E4644 SORTER AY 3, 32
SP8E4645 TRAY - back, bin 1 34
SP8E4664 HEATSINK AY - cooling section 25
SP8E4677 SCREW - service switch, actuator 1
SP8E4728 PIN - spring, link 9
SP8E4735 GASKET - main drum 28
SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12, 19
SP8E4750 COVER - roller, drive, lower 12
SP8E4752 BRACKET - shipping lock 17
SP8E4758 PLATE - isolation 27
SP8E4766 CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel 5
SP8E4768 SLEEVE - isolation 27
SP8E4786 PLATE - motor isolation 27
SP8E4810 NEST - roller 7
SP8E4812 GUARD - actuator 7
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
97 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4828 SLIDE - inner, film supply 7
SP8E4829 SLIDE - film supply 2
SP8E4830 SLIDE - inner, imaging AY 13
SP8E4831 SLIDE - outer, imaging AY 2
SP8E4853 SCREW - shoulder 10
SP8E4854 ROLLER - pickup 10
SP8E4880 FAN AY 37
SP8E4883 GASKET 37
SP8E4887 DUCT - drum 23
SP8E4892 INSULATION - cover 23
SP8E4919 SCREW - cup 10
SP8E4929 GASKET - fan, cooling section 25
SP8E4935 MOTOR - DC, rollback 7
SP8E4936 MOTOR - DC, film feed 8
SP8E4945 BOARD - alternating current 37
SP8E4951 SPACER - carriage, shipping 13
SP8E4980 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8E4981 GUIDE - up, right, vertical 12
SP8E4986 GASKET - long, isolation 13
SP8E4987 GASKET - short, isolation 13
SP8E4996 PLENUM AY - filter 4
SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 17, 18
SP8E5727 LINK - film centering 18
SP8E5728 BRACKET - film centering, right 18
SP8E5729 BRACKET - film centering, left 17
SP8E5730 BRACKET - sensor, start of page 17
SP8E5953 BRACKET - support, ribbon cable 13
SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 17, 18
SP8E5957 FINGER - film centering, left 17
SP8E5958 FINGER - film centering, right 18
SP8E5977 BRACKET - motor 18
SP8E7022 INLET AY - cooling section 25
SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 17, 18
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
98 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E7077 OUTLET AY - cooling section 25
SP8E7426 HARNESS KIT - drawer 7
SP8E7483 LABEL - serial no. 10
SP8E7484 LABEL AY - serial no., rollback 7
SP8E7485 LABEL - serial no. 12
SP8E7491 LABEL AY - serial no., main frame 3
SP8E9211 RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT 13
SP8E9212 CABLE KIT 14
SP8E9215 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 20
SP8E9216 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 18
SP8E9411 PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT 2
SP8E9433 GUIDE KIT - lower 8
SP8E9434 ROLLBACK AY KIT 2
SP8E9439 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 34
SP8E9440 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 34
SP8E9441 MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT 13
SP8E9443 GUIDE KIT - upper 8
SP8F0036 DRE AY 36, 4
SP8F0081 PANEL - electronics access 4
SP8F0082 COVER - air intake filter 2
SP8F0083 FILTER - air intake 2
SP8F0084 COVER - latch 1
SP8F0085 DOOR AY - back 4
SP8F0086 GASKET AY - back panel 6
SP8F0129 DUCT, vertical, filter 4
SP8F0132 GUIDE - up, upper left 12
SP8F0133 GUIDE - up, upper right 12
SP8F0134 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8F0135 GUIDE - up, lower right 12
SP8F0139 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT 2
SP8F0147 HARNESS - vertical transport 11
SP8F0170 OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT 13
SP8F0182 BRACKET - motor, support 22
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Numerical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Numerical Index
Page
99 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8F0191 CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor 38
SP8F0192 FITTING, elbow, filter 4
SP8F0193 FITTING, coupling, filter 4
SP8F0295 TRAP AY - upper, condensation 28
SP8F0296 GUIDE AY - entrance 29
SP8F0298 GUIDE - vertical 29
SP8F0364 BOARD AY - EBA 4
SP8F0510 PANEL - local 5
SP8F0674 PANEL AY - right side 1
SP8F0680 PANEL AY - left side 1
SP8F0756 PANEL AY - decorative, upper, drawer 1
SP8F0757 PANEL AY - decorative, middle, drawer 1
SP8F0768 PANEL AY - decorative door 1
SP8F0769 DOOR AY - air intake 1
SP8F0919 IMAGING AY KIT 2
SP8F0942 HOOD AY 3
SP8F1053 LABEL - belt path 6
SP8F3963 POWER MODULE 4
SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 17, 27
SP96-0000-0364-8 WASHER 24
SP96-0000-1559-2 WASHER - M4, steel, zinc 13
SP96-0000-4022-8 FITTING - t, tube to tube 10
SP96-0000-4233-1 TAPE 9
SP96-0000-5332-0 SPRING - extension 7
SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22, 23, 28, 29,
31
SP998185 FASTENER - connector locking post 3
SP9B9445 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7
tbd DRIVE - DVD ROM 36
tbd FAN 36
tbd HARD DRIVE - SATA 36
tbd POWER SUPPLY 36
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
Section 4: Alphabetical Index
100 of 117
Alphabetical Index
Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4212 ACTUATOR - interlock 6
SP8E4300 ACTUATOR - interlock 5
SP8E4324 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 1 34
SP8E4325 ACTUATOR - rotary, diverter, bin 2 - 5 34
SP26-1008-5021-8 ADHESIVE - general purpose, gel, clear, 20 gram tube 5
------ ARM - cable 10
------ ARM - cup pivot 10
------ BASE - film, guard 7
----- BASE - power supply 37
SP7E8008 BEARING - ball, extended race, shielded 7
SP7E8977 BEARING - ball, flanged 8
SP5F2063 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 10, 11, 12, 16,
19, 20, 26, 27,
29, 30, 8
SP6E8808 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 11
SP7E8007 BEARING - ball, flanged, extended race 34, 35
SP7E8978 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP7E9157 BEARING - ball, radial 34, 35
SP7E9788 BEARING - ball, radial 10
SP26-1011-7059-0 BEARING - grade 511 24
K151779 BEARING - Nyliner 35
SP168355 BEARING - Nyliner 26
SP78-8161-8389-7 BEARING - Nyliner 1
------ BEARING - pivot 34
SP7E8215 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 125 tooth 20
SP7E8033 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 131 tooth 11, 8
SP5F2497 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 255 mm, 85 tooth 11
SP7E9565 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 282 mm, 94 tooth 11
SP7E9252 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 372 mm, 124 tooth 11
SP7E8535 BELT - timing, 3 mm, 408 mm, 136 tooth 11
SP7E8486 BELT - timing, drive 27
SP7E9232 BELT - timing, drum 27
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
101 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP5F2514 BELT - timing, roller 29
SP5F2515 BELT - timing, roller 22
SP8E4945 BOARD - alternating current 37
SP8E1584 BOARD - cartridge control 4
------ BOARD - densitometer 31
SP8E1559 BOARD - detector, jam sense 34
SP8E1558 BOARD - emitter, jam sense 35
------ BOARD - light source 31
SP7F3360 BOARD - processor 4
SP8E1590 BOARD - RF antenna 7
SP8E1587 BOARD - RF tag 4
SP8E1622 BOARD - sorter control 35
SP8E1373 BOARD - start of page sensor 17
SP8F0364 BOARD AY - EBA 4
SP8E1567 BOARD AY - flex termination 14
------ BRACKET - back, isolation 14
------ BRACKET - base, isolation 13
----- BRACKET - fan 37
SP8E5729 BRACKET - film centering, left 17
SP8E5728 BRACKET - film centering, right 18
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, back 13
------ BRACKET - interrupt sensor, front 13
SP8E5977 BRACKET - motor 18
SP8F0182 BRACKET - motor, support 22
------ BRACKET - right, isolation 13
------ BRACKET - sensor 31
SP8E4054 BRACKET - sensor 18
SP8E4107 BRACKET - sensor 20
SP8E5730 BRACKET - sensor, start of page 17
SP8E4417 BRACKET - shipping 13, 14
SP8E4752 BRACKET - shipping lock 17
SP7F6165 BRACKET - shipping, bottom 17
SP8E5953 BRACKET - support, ribbon cable 13
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
102 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
------ BRACKET - top, isolation 13
SP8E4433 BRACKET- optical sensor 26
SP8E1262 BRUSH AY 26
SP8E9439 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 1-5 34
SP8E9440 BRUSH AY - anti-static, bin 6 34
SP8E4341 BUMPER - home 10
SP66-0000-0235-3 BUMPER - round 5
SP7E9832 BUMPER - round 13
SP26-1000-0785-0 BUSHING - grommet 34
SP77-8007-4484-7 BUSHING - Heyco 1, 3
------ BUSHING - Heyco, snap 14
SP445942 BUSHING - Heyco, snap 7
SP8E4022 CABLE - AC, power switch 38
SP8E4023 CABLE - AC, processor power 38
SP8E4024 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, feeder, upper 38
SP8E4027 CABLE - cartridge controller to bulkhead, pickup, upper 38
SP8F0191 CABLE - DENSITOMETER drive motor 38
------ CABLE - densitometer exit sensor 31
SP8E4015 CABLE - DRE to EBA data 38
SP8E4018 CABLE - DRE, mouse to local panel 5
SP8E4019 CABLE - DRE, speaker to local panel 5
SP8E4766 CABLE - DRE, VGA to local panel 5
SP5E7689 CABLE - drive 9
SP8E4002 CABLE - EBA power 38
SP8E4005 CABLE - EBA to cart. controller 38
SP8E4006 CABLE - EBA to densitometer 38
SP8E4016 CABLE - EBA to DRE comm 2 38
SP8E4010 CABLE - EBA to flexterm data 38
SP8E4009 CABLE - EBA to flexterm motors/sensors 38
SP8E4008 CABLE - EBA to flexterm power 38
SP8E4007 CABLE - EBA to processor comm 38
SP8E4004 CABLE - EBA to RF tag reader 38
SP8E4001 CABLE - EBA to vertical bulkhead 38
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
103 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4038 CABLE - ethernet, DICOM 38
SP8E4226 CABLE - faz fan 38
SP8E4000 CABLE - interlock, back door 38
SP8E4051 CABLE - interlock, front door 38
SP8E4050 CABLE - interlock, hood 38
------ CABLE - light source 31
SP8E4013 CABLE - processor receiver 26
------ CABLE - ribbon, data, optics 14
------ CABLE - ribbon, power, optics 14
SP8E4049 CABLE - service switch 38
SP8E1463 CABLE - spring 10
SP8E4032 CABLE - start of page sensor 14
SP8E4392 CABLE AY - isolation 14
SP8E9212 CABLE KIT 14
------ CAM - guard 7
SP8E4432 CAP - optical sensor 26
SP8E4327 CARRIAGE - pickup 10
SP5E7865 CARRIAGE - rollback 7
SP7E8211 CHAIN - plastic 7
------ CHASSIS AY 21
SP26-1004-3199-3 CIRCUIT BREAKER 37
SP5F0279 CLAMP 5
SP7E8454 CLAMP - cable 7
SP244868 CLAMP - flat cable, screw mount 13
SP7E7753 CLAMP - loop, nylon 9
SP26-1012-1661-7 CLEVIS - grooved, with e-ring 21
SP7E9587 CLIP - wire mounting 8
------ COLLIMATOR - photo cell 34
SP8E4460 CONNECTOR - carriage 7
------ COUPLER AY - optical 22
SP8E1616 COUPLING - helical, diverter 34
SP8E4152 COUPLING - motor 35
SP8E4410 COVER - access window 4
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
104 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8F0082 COVER - air intake filter 2
SP8E4080 COVER - cabling 7
------ COVER - densitometer 31
------ COVER - flex termination 14
------ COVER - guard 22
SP8E4260 COVER - hood interlock 3
SP8F0084 COVER - latch 1
SP8E4194 COVER - roller, drive 12
SP8E4750 COVER - roller, drive, lower 12
SP8E4195 COVER - roller, idler 12
------ COVER - sorter 34
SP78-8094-5694-6 CUP - pickup 10
SP8E1749 DAMPER - isolation, lateral 14
SP8E1327 DENSITOMETER AY 29
SP8E1508 DIVERTER AY 35
SP8E1501 DIVERTER AY - film 28
SP8F0769 DOOR AY - air intake 1
SP8F0085 DOOR AY - back 4
SP8E1201 DOOR AY - front 1
SP8F0036 DRE AY 36, 4
tbd DRIVE - DVD ROM 36
------ DRIVER - motor 9
SP5E7988 DRUM - spring, constant force 7
SP8E4137 DRUM COVER AY - processor 21
SP8E4887 DUCT - drum 23
SP8E4380 DUCT - u 28
SP8F0129 DUCT, vertical, filter 4
SP136224 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP7E8015 E-RING - 1/4 in. shaft diameter 1, 10, 11, 12,
16, 18, 19, 20,
21, 26, 27, 29,
30, 5, 7, 8, 9
SP26-1005-9819-7 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 10, 24, 8, 9
SP78-8016-5859-8 E-RING - 3/16 in. shaft diameter 33, 35
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
105 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP7E8016 E-RING - 3/8 in. shaft diameter 5, 8
SP78-8016-5853-1 E-RING - 7/32 in. shaft diameter 34, 35
SP8E1730 FAN 25
tbd FAN 36
----- FAN - tube, axial, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 37
SP8E4880 FAN AY 37
SP7F6252 FAN AY - filter 4
SP998185 FASTENER - connector locking post 3
SP8F0083 FILTER - air intake 2
SP8E5957 FINGER - film centering, left 17
SP8E5958 FINGER - film centering, right 18
SP8E1369 FINGER AY 16
SP8E4444 FINGER AY 19
SP96-0000-4022-8 FITTING - t, tube to tube 10
SP8F0193 FITTING, coupling, filter 4
SP8F0192 FITTING, elbow, filter 4
SP8E4330 FLAG - cup pivot 10
------ FLAG - roller 7
SP8E4339 FLAG - roller, pickup 8
------ FRAME - cover 23
------ FRAME - drive AY 34
------ FRAME - drive train 27
------ FRAME - pedestal 26
------ FRAME - pickup 10
------ FRAME - platen transport 19
------ FRAME - processor 28
------ FRAME - rollback 7
------ FRAME - sorter idler 33
------ FRAME AY - platen 16
------ GASKET 14
SP8E4883 GASKET 37
----- GASKET - cover 23
SP8E1763 GASKET - duct 21, 29
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
106 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E1646 GASKET - EMI, drawer 7
SP8E4929 GASKET - fan, cooling section 25
SP8E4196 GASKET - film supply 2
SP8E4313 GASKET - horizontal 5
SP8E4986 GASKET - long, isolation 13
SP8E4735 GASKET - main drum 28
SP8E4987 GASKET - short, isolation 13
SP8E4312 GASKET - vertical 5
SP8F0086 GASKET AY - back panel 6
SP8E4413 GEAR - 30 tooth, film registration 16
SP8E1777 GEAR - drive, 12 tooth 34, 35
SP8E4338 GEAR - drive, pickup 8
SP8E4335 GEAR - idler, pickup 8
SP8E4336 GEAR - motor 7, 8
SP8E4349 GEAR - roller 7
SP7E9674 GROMMET 27
------ GROMMET - round 14
SP8E4812 GUARD - actuator 7
------ GUARD - cover 28
------ GUARD - electrical 22
SP8E1776 GUIDE - down, flat 12
SP8E1818 GUIDE - down, lower 12
SP8E1633 GUIDE - down, middle 12
SP8E4117 GUIDE - down, upper 12
------ GUIDE - left 19
------ GUIDE - lower 31
SP8E1688 GUIDE - right 19
SP8E4162 GUIDE - segmented, dual 12
SP8E4095 GUIDE - segmented, flat 12, 19
SP8E4406 GUIDE - spring 14
SP8E4980 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8F0134 GUIDE - up, lower left 12
SP8F0135 GUIDE - up, lower right 12
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
107 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4981 GUIDE - up, right, vertical 12
SP8F0132 GUIDE - up, upper left 12
SP8F0133 GUIDE - up, upper right 12
------ GUIDE - upper 31
SP8F0298 GUIDE - vertical 29
SP8F0296 GUIDE AY - entrance 29
SP8E4522 GUIDE AY - post vertical up 2
SP8E9433 GUIDE KIT - lower 8
SP8E9443 GUIDE KIT - upper 8
SP8E4289 HANDLE - cover 23
tbd HARD DRIVE - SATA 36
SP8E4206 HARNESS - drawer interlocks 38
SP8E4035 HARNESS - EBA to drawer solenoids 38
SP8E4036 HARNESS - EBA to sorter 38
SP8E4042 HARNESS - feeder 8
SP8E4209 HARNESS - motor 35
SP8E4043 HARNESS - pickup 8
SP8E4045 HARNESS - platen motors 14
SP8E4046 HARNESS - platen sensor 14
SP8E4034 HARNESS - processor and cooling section 38
SP8E4210 HARNESS - rotary solenoid/sensor 34
SP8E4037 HARNESS - slip rings 22
SP8F0147 HARNESS - vertical transport 11
SP8E7426 HARNESS KIT - drawer 7
SP8E4664 HEATSINK AY - cooling section 25
------ HEEL - pickup 10
------ HINGE 5
------ HOLDER - light pipe 31
SP8E4431 HOLDER - optical sensor 26
SP8F0942 HOOD AY 3
SP8E4183 HOUSING - bearing 34, 35
SP8E4447 IDLER - timing, 3 mm 20, 26
SP8E4440 IDLER - timing, flat, flanged 29
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
108 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E1286 IDLER AY - spring loaded 26
SP8F0919 IMAGING AY KIT 2
SP8E7022 INLET AY - cooling section 25
SP8E4554 INSULATION - chassis 29
SP8E4892 INSULATION - cover 23
SP8E1898 INSULATION - end 24
SP8E1897 INSULATION - end, main drum 28
------ KEEPER - processor roller 24
SP8E1406 KNOB - roller 34
SP8E4386 KNOB - roller 12, 19, 7
SP8F1053 LABEL - belt path 6
SP8E4595 LABEL - film access 7
SP8E4488 LABEL - frame 10
------ LABEL - hot surface 23
SP74-9999-9120-6 LABEL - model/serial 3
------ LABEL - serial no. 13, 19, 31, 32
SP8E7483 LABEL - serial no. 10
SP8E7485 LABEL - serial no. 12
SP8E4601 LABEL - sorter access 32
SP8E4620 LABEL - vertical transport 1
------ LABEL - warning 13
------ LABEL - warning, back cover 14
------ LABEL - warning, high voltage 22
SP8E4630 LABEL - warning, Japanese 4
SP8E7491 LABEL AY - serial no., main frame 3
SP8E7484 LABEL AY - serial no., rollback 7
SP7E8225 LATCH 33
SP7E9522 LATCH - compression 6
SP8E1193 LATCH AY 1
SP8E5727 LINK - film centering 18
SP8E4340 LINK - pickup 8
SP8E4333 LINK - pulley 9
------ LINK - slide 19
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
109 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4635 LINK AY - roller, back 7
SP8E4634 LINK AY - roller, front 7
SP8E1625 LOCATOR - cartridge 7
------ LOCK - heel 9
SP8E9441 MAGNETIC WAY AY KIT 13
SP8E1341 MAIN DRUM AY 21
SP8E4936 MOTOR - DC, film feed 8
SP5E7909 MOTOR - DC, pickup 9
SP8E4935 MOTOR - DC, rollback 7
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepper 11, 16, 20, 27
SP8E1216 MOTOR - stepper 35
SP8E1249 MOTOR - stepper, feed roller close 8
SP8E1205 MOTOR - stepperG1010 29
SP8E9215 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 20
SP8E9216 MOTOR AND LEAD SCREW KIT 18
------ MOUNT - back, rollers 8
SP7E8226 MOUNT - damper 35
------ MOUNT - DC motor 8, 9
------ MOUNT - diverter actuator 34
------ MOUNT - front, rollers 8
SP8E1968 MOUNT - motor 20
SP26-1007-0054-6 MOUNT - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3
SP26-1011-8445-0 MOUNT - Panduit 7
------ MOUNTING AY - clip, back 24
SP8E4810 NEST - roller 7
SP7E9162 NUT - hex, self-locking 34
SP26-1006-2032-2 NUT - keps, 8-32, black 13
SP26-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 17, 18, 19, 7, 8
SP26-1008-5590-2 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP6-1007-2397-7 NUT - keps, black, zinc 9
SP26-1003-6902-9 NUT - metric, clear 28
SP8F0170 OPTIC AND CARRIAGE AY KIT 13
SP8E7077 OUTLET AY - cooling section 25
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
110 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4409 PAD - heel, back 10
SP8E4407 PAD - heel, front 10
SP8E4408 PAD - heel, middle 10
SP8E1925 PAD AY - felt 28
SP8F0081 PANEL - electronics access 4
SP8F0510 PANEL - local 5
SP8F0768 PANEL AY - decorative door 1
SP8E1988 PANEL AY - decorative, lower, drawer 1
SP8F0757 PANEL AY - decorative, middle, drawer 1
SP8F0756 PANEL AY - decorative, upper, drawer 1
SP8E1200 PANEL AY - film supply 1
SP8F0680 PANEL AY - left side 1
SP8F0674 PANEL AY - right side 1
SP7E9379 PHOTOSENSOR 26
SP8E9411 PICKUP AND FEED AY KIT 2
SP5E7656 PIN - carriage 10
SP7E7439 PIN - dowel 34, 35, 7, 8
SP8E1830 PIN - driver 9
SP8E1408 PIN - idler gear 8
SP8E1316 PIN - link, pickup 8
------ PIN - pulley 10
SP5E7667 PIN - pulley 10, 9
SP8E1004 PIN - rocker 8
SP5E7972 PIN - spring 10
SP8E4728 PIN - spring, link 9
SP5E7663 PIN - spring, pivot 10
------ PIPE - densitometer, light 31
SP8E4264 PIPE - light 5
----- PLATE - back 12
SP8E1910 PLATE - catch 34
------ PLATE - chassis 29
------ PLATE - cooling 28
----- PLATE - front 12
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
111 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4758 PLATE - isolation 27
SP8E4786 PLATE - motor isolation 27
------ PLATE - mounting, clip, front 24
------ PLATE - retainer 24
------ PLATE - side, back 28
------ PLATE - side, front 28
------ PLATEN AY 13
SP8E4996 PLENUM AY - filter 4
------ PLUG - round 34
------ POST - retention 14
SP8F3963 POWER MODULE 4
tbd POWER SUPPLY 36
SP7E9143 POWER SUPPLY - switcher, +5, +24 V DC 37
SP8E1301 PRESSURE ROLLER AY 23
----- PROCESSOR AY 3
SP8E4394 PULLEY - 3 mm, 16 tooth 11, 20, 27, 29,
8
SP8E4448 PULLEY - 3 mm, 30 tooth 11, 20, 29
SP8E4449 PULLEY - 3 mm, 50 tooth 11, 8
SP8E4498 PULLEY - 80 tooth 27
SP8E4332 PULLEY - cable 9
SP8E4328 PULLEY - drive 10
SP8E4331 PULLEY - pivot 10
SP8E4337 PULLEY - timing 8
SP7E7736 PUMP - vacuum 9
SP8E1146 RAIL - right, translation 13
SP8E9211 RAIL AND SCALE AY KIT 13
SP7E9607 REFLECTOR - LED 35
SP8E1701 REGISTRATION AY - front film 16
SP8E1433 REGISTRATION AY - platen film 16
SP8E1362 REGISTRATION AY - rear film 16
------ RETAINER - back 24
SP8E4385 RETAINER - bearing 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
112 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E5956 RETAINER - film centering finger 17, 18
------ RETAINER - front 24
------ RETAINER - shaft 19
------ RING - drive, pickup 8
SP8E4334 ROCKER - pickup 8
SP8E1978 ROD - bypass, front door 1
SP8E1977 ROD - bypass, lower drawer 1
SP8E1976 ROD - bypass, middle drawer 1
SP8E1975 ROD - bypass, upper drawer 1
SP8E4304 ROD AY - prop 5
SP8E4286 ROD GUIDE - prop 5
SP8E9434 ROLLBACK AY KIT 2
SP8E1002 ROLLER - drive, pickup 8
SP8E1723 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12
SP8E4742 ROLLER - drive, segmented 12, 19
------ ROLLER - drive, segmented, platen transport 19
SP7F6894 ROLLER - drive, solid 30
SP8E1722 ROLLER - drive, solid 12
SP8E4116 ROLLER - drive, solid, knob 12
------ ROLLER - drive, solid, lower transport 19
SP8E1183 ROLLER - drive, solid, upper 30
SP8E1010 ROLLER - idler, pickup 8
SP8E1725 ROLLER - idler, segmented 12
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, lower transport 19
------ ROLLER - idler, segmented, platen transport 19
SP5E7997 ROLLER - idler, solid 30
SP8E1724 ROLLER - idler, solid 12
SP8E4854 ROLLER - pickup 10
SP8E4138 ROLLER - pressure, ball bearing 35
SP8E4624 ROLLER - pressure, segmented 34
SP8E1315 ROLLER - transport 34, 35
SP8E1690 ROLLER - transport, lower 35
------ ROLLER AY - guide 35
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
113 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E1550 ROLLER AY - idler 33
SP8E1305 ROLLER AY - pressure 24
SP8E4088 ROLLER AY - rollback 7
SP8E4919 SCREW - cup 10
SP8E4677 SCREW - service switch, actuator 1
SP8E4853 SCREW - shoulder 10
SP8E1464 SCREW - shoulder, arm 10
SP8E1055 SCREW - shoulder, rocker 8
------ SCREW - shoulder, socket head 13
SP6E8884 SCREW - Torx, button, black 17, 18, 7
SP7E8700 SCREW - Torx, pan head 5
K748353 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 16, 18,
2, 20, 3, 31, 4,
5, 7
SP2B4081 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 14, 17,
18, 2, 28, 7
SP3H5699 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 14, 16, 17
SP5E5188 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7, 8
SP748354 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 15, 18, 20, 26,
31, 7
SP748355 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 25, 31
SP748359 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 4
SP748360 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 13, 22, 28, 4,
8, 9
SP748361 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 11, 13, 20, 26,
29
SP7E7743 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 10, 12, 13, 22,
25, 34, 35, 8
SP7E7744 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 10, 11, 12,
13, 16, 17, 18,
19, 2, 20, 23,
24, 25, 26, 3,
35, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9
SP943600 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 1, 13, 17, 27
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
114 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP981710 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 22, 23, 28, 29,
31
SP9B9445 SCREW - Torx, sems, black 7
SP5F0244 SCREW - Torx, sems, yellow 13
SP7E9242 SCREW - Torx, tapping, pan head 26
SP8E1214 SECTION - sorter idler 32
------ SECTION AY - cooling 21
SP8E1024 SENSOR - flag 10, 12, 31, 8
SP8E4053 SENSOR - flag 7
SP8E4365 SENSOR - flag 20
SP8E1025 SENSOR - interrupt 10, 15, 18, 20,
7, 8
------ SHAFT - carriage 19
SP8E4459 SHAFT - connector 7
------ SHAFT - cup pivot 10
SP8E1699 SHAFT - drive, film registration 16
SP8E1036 SHAFT - drive, pickup 8
------ SHAFT - film guard 7
------ SHAFT - heel 10
SP8E1692 SHAFT - idler, pickup 8
------ SHAFT - idler, timing 26
SP8E1423 SHAFT - idler, timing 20, 29
------ SHAFT - intermediate 27
------ SHAFT - pivot 34
------ SHAFT - retainer 24
SP8E1153 SHAFT AY - drive 35
SP8E4768 SLEEVE - isolation 27
------ SLEEVE - shaft 35
SP8E5726 SLIDE - film centering 17, 18
SP8E4829 SLIDE - film supply 2
SP8E1117 SLIDE - finger 19
SP8E4828 SLIDE - inner, film supply 7
SP8E4830 SLIDE - inner, imaging AY 13
SP8E4831 SLIDE - outer, imaging AY 2
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
115 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
SP8E4644 SORTER AY 3, 32
SP8E4951 SPACER - carriage, shipping 13
------ SPACER - cover 23
------ SPACER - densitometer 31
------ SPACER - rotary actuator 34
------ SPACER - shaft 27
SP8E4250 SPACER, latch to door 1
SP26-1011-6656-4 SPRING - brush 26
SP8E4133 SPRING - bypass 1
SP8E4314 SPRING - cable 9
SP8E1469 SPRING - carriage 10
SP7E8491 SPRING - compression 14
SP7E8657 SPRING - compression 8
SP8E1796 SPRING - connector 7
SP7E7798 SPRING - constant force 7
SP7E8506 SPRING - extension 9
SP7E8507 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E8525 SPRING - extension 10
SP7E9243 SPRING - extension 21
SP96-0000-5332-0 SPRING - extension 7
------ SPRING - extension, finger 19
SP6E8952 SPRING - gas, 40 lb, stroke 6, extended 17 5
SP8E4393 SPRING - idler roller 12, 19, 20, 29,
30
SP7E9447 SPRING - pressure roller 34
SP8E4450 SPRING - rollback clearance 7
SP8E4181 SPRING - roller 24
SP8E7072 SPRING - torsion 17, 18
SP8E1886 SPRING - torsion, idler 26
----- STANDOFF 12
SP8E4593 STOP AY - front door 1
------ STRAP - platen, ground 13
SP8E1455 STRIKER - latch 1
------ SUPPORT - gas spring 5
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Alphabetical Index
15JUL05
8F1622 Alphabetical Index
Page
116 of 117 Part No. Description Figure No.
------ SUPPORT AY - hood 5
SP8E4623 SWITCH - power, rocker, 4-pole, 125 V, 1
SP7E8513 SWITCH - SPDT, 250 V, 16 A 1
SP8E4201 SWITCH AY - interlock 3, 4
SP96-0000-4233-1 TAPE 9
SP8E4541 TENSIONER AY - flanged 11
8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 29
SP8E4542 TENSIONER AY - flat 20
SP8E4540 TENSIONER AY - grooved 11, 29
SP26-1001-7033-6 TIE WRAP - Panduit 10, 12, 13, 3, 7
SP78-8005-4748-7 TIE-WRAP - Panduit 35
------ TRAIN AY - drive 22
SP7F3964 TRANSPORT AY - platen film 17
SP8E1806 TRAP AY - lower, condensation 28
SP8F0295 TRAP AY - upper, condensation 28
SP8E4645 TRAY - back, bin 1 34
SP8E4462 TUBING - carriage 10
SP8E4465 TUBING - frame 10
SP8E4464 TUBING - heel, back 10
SP8E4463 TUBING - heel, front 10
SP8E4466 TUBING - pump 9
8E4148 VALVE AY 9
SP8F0139 VERTICAL TRANSPORT AY KIT 2
SP7E9107 WASHER 2
SP7E9186 WASHER 1
SP7E9343 WASHER 26, 29
SP7E9352 WASHER 1
SP96-0000-0364-8 WASHER 24
SP2B4312 WASHER - flat, nylon 10
SP26-1004-5503-4 WASHER - flat, steel, zinc 7
SP26-1011-6641-6 WASHER - lock, internal 1, 5
SP96-0000-1559-2 WASHER - M4, steel, zinc 13
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST Publication History
15JUL05
8F1622
Page
Section 5: Publication History
117 of 117

Publication Publication
ECO No. Changed Pages File Name Notes
Date No.
15JUL05 8F1622 CN0006110 ----- 8f1622.fm • New Publication
• Rev A - Serial
Number 89005001
and Above

Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1622.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY


Rochester, NY 14650 HEALTH GROUP
{Diagrams}{Production}{Health Group}{ExternalAndInternal}

Publication No. 8F1642


15JUL05

DIAGRAMS
for the
Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3

Service Code: 4878

Important
Qualified service personnel must repair this equipment.

H199_0500AC

Confidential
Restricted Information
HEALTH GROUP © Eastman Kodak Company, 2005
PLEASE NOTE The information contained herein is based on the experience and knowledge relating to the subject matter gained by Eastman Kodak
Company prior to publication.
No patent license is granted by this information.
Eastman Kodak Company reserves the right to change this information without notice, and makes no warranty, express or implied,
with respect to this information. Kodak shall not be liable for any loss or damage, including consequential or special damages,
resulting from any use of this information, even if loss or damage is caused by Kodak’s negligence or other fault.

This equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to damage from electrostatic
discharge. Use caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

Table of Contents
Description Page

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Publication History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2 15JUL05 – 8F1642
Block

Section 1: Block

System Connections
Kodak Dryview 8900 LASER IMAGER - Release 3 System Functional Block / Wiring Diagram - Sheet 2
2005 MARCH REV. A 8F1620

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA
mst16
PROCESSOR
MOTOR mst22 sf20 a20 i3 Ref Des Description Home / Default Active ROTATING PROCESSOR
DENSITOMETER mdc19 FILM PICKUP AND FEED MODULE D1 BOARD PROCESSOR CONTROL BOARD
MOTOR rtd1 (middle)
1 COOLING
SECTION FAN rtd2 (front)
s312 mdc2 (u, m, or l)
mdc3 (u, m, or l)
PICKUP MOTOR
VACUUM PUMP
Default = Home (up)
Default = Off
Moves up and down
On
Item Function
In parallel, these LEDs D4
Item Function 1
rtd3 (back) mst22 DS1 D1 (LED) See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
send coded asynchronous
mdc4 (u, m, or l) FEED ROLLER CLOSE MOTOR Nip Open Nip Closed or Moving signals every ½ second
D1 and indicating DRUM Turns on when heat command is sent to
mst5 (u, m, or l) FILM FEED MOTOR Off On DS2 D2 (LED)
sol8 D3 temperature to an external D3 Middle Zone of HEATER.
s5 (u, m, or l) PICKUP HOME SENSOR Blocked Unblocked (LEDs) PHOTODETECTOR,
sol7 Turns on when heat command is sent to
which sends the data to D3 (LED)
s6 (u, m, or l) CUPS ENGAGED SENSOR Unblocked Blocked Front Zone of HEATER.
the PROCESSOR
sol6 FILM OUT SENSOR Blocked = Film Out Unblocked = Film Surface DS3 CONTROL BOARD. D2 Turns on when heat command is sent to
sf7 (u, m, or l) D4 (LED)
sol5 Back Zone of HEATER.
When on, indicates that
2 LIGHT SOURCE
mst16 mdc19 sol4
s8 (u, m, or l)
sf9 (u, m, or l)
FEED ROLLER OPEN SENSOR
FILM AT FEED SENSOR
Blocked = Open (or Closing)
Blocked = No Film
Unblocked = Closed (or Opening)
Unblocked = Film
SORTER CONTROL D3
D4
(LED)
ROTATING PROCESSOR
BOARD has +5V power.
JP1
D1
D5 (LED)
Blinks with signals sent from ROTATING
PROCESSOR BOARD D1 and D3 via
2
BOARD sol3 (u, m, or l) VACUUM VALVE Off = Closed On = Open PHOTO DETECTOR.
s311 BOARD
ROLLBACK MODULE D4 D5
J6 Must be set across Pins 1 and 2 to receive
sf20 Item Function (JUMPER) signals from PHOTO DETECTOR.
FILM AT mst17 mdc1 (u, m, or l) ROLLBACK MOTOR Cartridge Closed Cartridge Open or Rollback Moving
DENSITOMETER M M M sr2 (u, m, or l) CART. PRESENCE SENSOR Blocked = No Cart. Unblocked = Cart. Present DS1
See HAPPY LED JP1
No JUMPERS used for normal operation.
Functions Table. (JUMPER)
a20 i4 S1
sr3 (u, m, or l) ROLLBACK HOME SENSOR Blocked = Home Unblocked = Not Home INTERLOCK Status. S1 RESET. Press to reset and initialize CPU
DENSITOMETER sw1 DS2 When on, indicates Top (SWITCH) circuits.
sf19 M M M M s4 (u, m, or l) ROLLBACK OPEN SENSOR Blocked = Fully Open Unblocked = Not Fully Open
Hazard 24V is applied.
3 FILM AT
PROCESSOR
mst15
s19 VERTICAL TRANSPORT MODULE
When off, FILM AT J6 3
VERTICAL mst6 VERT. TRANS. DOWN MOTOR Off Down SORTER SENSOR not
SENSOR i1U yet calibrated. When on,
TRANSPORT
UP MOTOR + sol1U mst15
sf19
VERT. TRANS. UP MOTOR
FILM AT PROCESSOR SENSOR
Off
Blocked = No Film
Up
Unblocked = Film
DS3
EMITTER is off, or
EMITTER is on and there
mdc4M is a film jam in SORTER.
IMAGING ASSEMBLY
M M M J2 J1 SW1
M mst7 PLATEN SWEEP MOTOR Home = 17 in. Position 8, 11, 12, 14 in. Pos., Kick Action
mdc1M mdc2M RF TAG READER BOARD
mst8 PLATEN FEED ROLLER MOTOR Stopped Load, Unload
mst5M mdc18 sol3M mdc3M Item Function
4 +
i1M
sol1M
mst9
mst10
PLATEN LOAD MOTOR
FILM CENTERING MOTOR
Home = Retracted
Home = Front
Limit = Film Horizon
10 or 14 in. Position LED1 See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
4
mst6 mdc11 SPINNER MOTOR Idle Speed Printing Speed
Turns on when Antenna 0 is selected for
VERTICAL M LED2
transmission or reception of RF data.
TRANSPORT
mst15 M M M M CARTRIDGE
mdc13 ATTENUATOR MOTOR Home = Retracted Limit = Extended Turns on when Antenna 1 is selected for
DOWN MOTOR CONTROL BOARD LED3
transmission or reception of RF data.
mst14 TRANSLATION MOTOR Home = Rear 10 or 14 in. Position
mst6 sf2L sf7L s5L s4L (SEE DETAIL BELOW) Turns on when Antenna 2 is selected for
i1L LED4
mst7 M + sol1L s10 PLATEN LOAD HOME SENSOR Blocked = Finger at Home Unblocked = Finger Not Home
SW1
transmission or reception of RF data.

5 sf9
FILM AT FEED
s6
CUPS ENGAGED
+ s11
s12
PLATEN SWEEP HOME SENS.
CENTERING HOME SENSOR
Blocked = Tabs at Home
Blocked = Home
Unblocked = Tabs Not Home
Unblocked = Not Home EXPOSURE BRIDGE
(SWITCH)
RESET. Press to reset CPU to initial state.
5
S8 SENSOR SENSOR M ASSEMBLY (EBA) LED1
mst8 M M sf13 FILM AT PLATEN SENSOR Blocked = No Film Unblocked = Film at Platen
FEED ROLLER
OPEN SENSOR + M mdc20
i2 s14 START OF PAGE SENSOR Unblocked = No Film Edge Blocked = Film at Sensor
(SEE DETAIL BELOW)
LED4 LED3 LED2
sol2 s15 READHEAD ENCODER N/A N/A
mdc4 sf13 OPTICS CONTROL BOARD
s5 s16 TRANSLATION HOME SENSOR Blocked = Home Unblocked = Not Home
FEED
PICKUP HOME s10 M Item Function
ROLLER M s17 TRANSLATION LIMIT SENSOR Unblocked = Not at Limit Blocked = Travel Limit J10 J1 J6B
SENSOR OPTICS JP6
6 CLOSE
MOTOR
mdc11 M s14
s12
M ELECTRONICS
s18
FILM PROCESSOR
ATTENUATOR HOME SENSOR Blocked = Home Unblocked = Not Home
JP8
JP1
LED1
OPTICS
HAPPY!
See HAPPY LED Functions Table. 6
M mdc21 a20 DENSITOMETER LED Off LED On POWER SUPPLY GND2 SW1 Normally, only jumpers JP6 and JP8 are
J8 JP7 installed. The only jumpers designed for
mst9 mst16 PROCESSOR MOTOR On Off
mst14 J2 J6A JP1 - JP10
possible field use are JP2, JP3, and JP6.
mst5 mst22 DENSITOMETER MOTOR On Off These are used when loading new code
mst10 TRANSLATION JP9 LED1 (JUMPERS)
for the LINEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER
FILM MOTOR mdc18 FAZ FILTER FAN On -- via J10. Code uploading can occur only
FEED mdc2 OPTICS
JP5
mdc19 COOLING SECTION FAN On -- under instruction from Service Engineering.
PICKUP MOTOR HAPPY!
MOTOR
sf7 JP4
mst7 rtd1 MIDDLE TEMP. SENSOR On Off RFI CIRCUIT JP3 SW1 RESET. Press to reset CPU.
JP10
7 FILM OUT
SENSOR mdc3
VACUUM
sol3
VACUUM VALVE
sf13
FILM AT
mst8
PLATEN FEED
PLATEN SWEEP
MOTOR s15
rtd2
rtd3
FRONT TEMP. SENSOR
BACK TEMP. SENSOR
On
On
Off
Off
FILTER BREAKERS
VOLTAGE
TP2
PARITY JP2
TP1 Test Point for OPTICS HAPPY signal. 7
POSITION T1 TP2 Test Point for PARITY ERROR.
PUMP PLATEN ROLLER MOTOR SELECTION PLUG AGND1 GND1 ERROR
ENCODER sf20 FILM AT DENSITOMETER Blocked = No Film Unblocked = Film GB10
SENSOR CB1 RECEPTACLE TP3 Test Point for LASER DRIVE signal.
sr3 s10 READHEAD SORTER TP1
ROLLBACK HOME PLATEN LOAD s14 CB2 J9 J4 J3 OPTICS TPAM5V Test Point for -5V for LASER DRIVER.
mst17 TURNAROUND MOTOR Off On C1 CB3
SENSOR HOME START OF PAGE HAPPY! TPAP5V Test Point for +5V for LASER DRIVER.
SENSOR SENSORS s311 FILM AT SORTER EMITTER Off On +5, +24 VDC
PD1 TP3 TP2.5V,
s16 s312 FILM AT SORTER DETECTOR Unblocked = No Film Blocked = Film at Sorter SUPPLY TP3.3V,
TRANSLATION PHOTO LASER TPA TPA TP TP TP TP Test Points for indicated voltages.
TP5V,
8 HOME
SENSOR
sol4
sol5
DEFLECTOR 1 SOLENOID
DEFLECTOR 2 SOLENOID
Off
Off
On
On
DETECTOR DRIVE -5V +5V 2.5V 3.3V 5V 24V TP24V
8
sol6 DEFLECTOR 3 SOLENOID Off On
mdc11 MICRO BOARD “HAPPY” LED FUNCTIONS CARTRIDGE CONTROL BOARD
sol7 DEFLECTOR 4 SOLENOID Off On
SPINNER
MOTOR sol8 DEFLECTOR 5 SOLENOID Off On
LED Blink Pattern Indicates: Item Function
1 Second On / 1 Second Off MICRO is “HAPPY”. D1 (LED) See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
INTERLOCKS / LATCHES / SWITCHES / FANS
s4 i1 (u, m, or l) SUPPLY DRAWER INTERLOCK Closed Open D2 (LED) On when Service Switch is in Service position. Bypasses
ROLLBACK OPEN s11 1/4 Second On / 1/4 Second Off Microcode has failed checksum test. INTERLOCKS and applies 24V to DRAWERS.
SENSOR PLATEN i2 FRONT DOOR INTERLOCK Closed Open
sr2 D3 (LED) On when 24V power is enabled for UPPER DRAWER.
9 CARTRIDGE
PRESENCE
mdc1
ROLLBACK
mst9
SWEEP
HOME s17 i3
i4
TOP HOOD INTERLOCK
REAR DOOR INTERLOCK
Closed
Closed
Open
Open
P10/J10 On Steady
Reflash of microcode has failed during a
software update. MICRO is trying to recover. D4 (LED) On when 24V power is enabled for MIDDLE DRAWER. 9
PLATEN LOAD SENSOR TRANSLATION Off Steady Hardware failure on MICRO BOARD. D5 (LED) On when 24V power is enabled for LOWER DRAWER.
SENSOR MOTOR MOTOR mst10 LIMIT DRE FANS On --
P4/J4
mdc20
FILM CENTERING SENSOR NOTE: HAPPY LED on SORTER CONTROL BOARD has additional D107(U), D207(M), D307(L) (LED) FPOS - Off when FILM is present at FILM AT FEED
mdc21 DC SUPPLY FAN On -- AC BOARD SENSOR.
MOTOR blink patterns described in DIAGNOSTICS MANUAL 8E5983.
s12 s18 mst13 sol1 (u, m, or l) SUPPLY DRAWER LATCH Off = Locked On = Released K1 FHOM - On when FEED ROLLER is home or between
PLATEN CENTERING ATTENUATOR ATTENUATOR CONTACTOR D108(U), D208(M), D308(L) (LED)
FRONT DOOR LATCH Off = Locked On = Released home and closed.
sol2
HOME SENSOR HOME SENSOR MOTOR
SERVICE OVERRIDE SWITCH Off On D109(U), D209(M), D309(L) (LED) RLED - On when CARTRIDGE LID is fully opened.
sw1
OVERCURRENT D110(U), D210(M), D310(L) (LED) RLHM - On when CARTRIDGE LID is in home position.
10 TEST POINTS: UPPER DRAWER
CONTROL
MIDDLE DRAWER
CONTROL
LOWER DRAWER
CONTROL
D3
UPPER DRAWER D111(U), D211(M), D311(L) (LED) CTBK - Off when CARTRIDGE is loaded in DRAWER. 10
TP103 FEED ROLL 24V POWER D112(U), D212(M), D312(L) (LED) CTFR - Not Used.
D4
CLOSE MTR,
MIDDLE D113(U), D213(M), D313(L) (LED) FCON - NOT USED.
VAC PUMP
DRAWER D114(U), D214(M), D314(L) (LED) FOUT - Off when PICKUP HEEL is down and contacts film.
24V PWR
HARD TP102 VAC SOL ECUPS - Off when PICKUP VACUUM ARM is vertical or
D115(U), D215(M), D315(L) (LED)
DISK horizontal. On when in between.
USB TP101 PICKUP MTR TP404 D5
MASTER CPU
DRIVE LOWER D116(U), D216(M), D316(L) (LED) PHOM - On when PICKUP ASSEMBLY is home.
TP403
DRAWER
11 6
1
DVD
TP100 ROLLBACK MTR
TP102 TP103
TP200 TP202 TP203 TP302 TP303
24V PWR
D117(U), D217(M), D317(L) (LED)
JP1 (JUMPER)
CTCN - Not Used.
Jumpers are set for operation of the I2C chip. Do not change.
11
SENSOR LEDs: TP100 TP300
TP301
DRIVE FILM POS
TP101
TP404 JP102(U), JP202(M), JP302(L) Install jumper to enable SENSORS for DRAWER. LEDs will
GND

RXD

TP201
TXD

24 VDC (JUMPER) turn on depending on state of SENSOR.


COM2
FEED HOME
1
ROLLBACK END S1 (SWITCH) RESET. Press to reset CPU to initial values.
6 USB ROLLBACK HOME D2
FANS TP401 (TEST POINT) +5 VDC ground
CARTRIDGE LOADED TP401 TP402 HAZBOT
JP102 SENSORS ENBLD JP102 JP202 JP302 24V TP402 (TEST POINT) +5 VDC

DRE COMPUTER NOT USED TP403 (TEST POINT) +24 VDC Return

12 NOT USED
FILM OUT
TP403
24V RTN
TP404 (TEST POINT) +24 VDC 12
POWER CUPS ENGAGED TP100(U), TP200(M), Used to check drive circuit to ROLLBACK MOTOR. Steady
SUPPLY PICKUP HOME TP300(L) (TEST POINT) high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).
INTEL
POWER J21 J21 TP402
SUPPLY
PENTIUM III CONTROL SATA +5V TP101(U), TP201(M), Used to check drive circuit to PICKUP MOTOR. Steady high
1 GHz CPU CONTROLLER HARD
S1 (RESET) TP301(L) (TEST POINT) (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).
(SOCKET 370) DISK
TP401 TP102(U), TP202(M), Used to check drive circuit to VACUUM SOLENOID. Steady
LCD MOUSE
NOT USED +5V GND TP302(L) (TEST POINT) high (24V) is normal. Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).

TOUCHSCREEN 100 MHz LITHIUM UPPER DRAWER MIDDLE DRAWER LOWER DRAWER TP103(U), TP203(M),
Used to check drive circuit to FEED ROLLER CLOSE
BUS J17 BATTERY D1 (SAME AS (SAME AS TP303(L) (TEST POINT)
MOTOR or VACUUM PUMP. Steady high (24V) is normal.

13 TOUCHSCREEN
CONTROLLER

TEMP 32 BIT,
PCI SLOTS 2 - 5 (NOT USED)
EIDE
PRIMARY
J17 DIMMs (2)
HAPPY! UPPER DRAWER) UPPER DRAWER) Pulses indicate overcurrent (or short).
13
J22 SENSOR BUS DVD
33 MHz
INVERTER AGP AGP AND DRIVE
SLOT MEMORY SOUTH EXPOSURE BRIDGE AY (EBA)
CONTROLLER/ PCI BUS BRIDGE PCI
EIDE J13 J13
PROCESSOR TO ISA/IDE
VGA VGA CONTROLLER
SECONDARY
Item Function
+5V RED

+5V RED
GND BLK
GND BLK

GND BLK
GND BLK
+12V YEL

+12V YEL

COMPACT COMPACT
LCD CTRL TO PCI BUS
FLASH FLASH
BRIDGE
CARD CARD 120 VAC JP1 SENSORS ON TP HAZTOP24V MASTER CPU HAPPY LED
E-NET E-NET (48 MB) GND1 - GND4 Test Points for Logic ground.
CTRL CTRL
BATTERY
(48 MB) from UPS
J8 JP1 SENSORS ON - Jumper Pins 1 to 2 (diag.) to turn on SENSORS.
J8
100 Mhz +3.3V ORN
SPEAKER SUPER +5V RED LED1 FILM AT PLATEN - On when FILM is entering the PLATEN.
EBA
14 POWER/ SDRAM
I/O
ISA
BUS
+12V
+5Vsb
-5V
-12V
YEL
PUR
WHT
BLU
POWER
SUPPLY LOCAL PANEL
LED2 LOAD HOME - On when FILM is loaded in PLATEN. 14
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT (SM) BUS PC SIG GRY LED3 SWEEP HOME - On when FILM CARRIAGE is in the home position.
SPEAKER SDRAM GND BLK
FAN POWER/SPEAKER
KEYPAD +12V MASTER CPU LED4 CENTERING HOME - On when FILM is centered axially in the PLATEN.
SDRAM BIOS
FLASH BOARD
LED SERIAL CLOCK POWER LED1 FILM AT PLATEN LED5 Unused
J1 EEPROM GEN. WATCHDOG SUPPLY
CUSTOMER LED2 LOAD HOME
TIMER FPGA CONFIG PMC600 LED6 FILM AT PROC - On when FILM is entering the PROCESSOR.
LED3 SWEEP HOME
MOTHERBOARD NETWORK GND2 RESET RESET
LED4 CENTERING HOME LED7 CONFIG CPU HAPPY - See HAPPY LED Functions Table.
J4 USB to LED5 UNUSED LED8 FPGA CONFIG IN PROCESS - On when FPGA configuration is occurring.

15 DICOM INPUT E-NET FOR USB FOR KEYBOARD PS/2 FOR


PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL
EBA LED6 FILM AT PROC
MASTER CPU
HAPPY LED
Blinks at a rate of 5 times per second when “Happy”. 15
FROM CUSTOMER LAPTOP AND MOUSE KEYBOARD 120 VAC LOCAL PANEL VGA
NETWORK
(FROM POWER SUPPLY) COM2 TP HAZBOT24V Test Point for presence of +24VDC interlocked through the FRONT and REAR DOORS.
TO FRONT OF IMAGER TOUCHSCREEN to EBA
CONTROLLER TP HAZTOP24V Test Point for presence of +24VDC interlocked through the HOOD.
TP+24V TP+2.5V Test Point for +2.5V tolerance is + 10%.
TP+3.3V Test Point for +3.3V tolerance is + 10%.
TP HAZBOT24V
TP+5V Test Point for +5V tolerance is + 10%.
USB
TP+3.3V
16 DRE SYSTEM
TP+5V GND1 TP+2.5V LED7 LED8 GND3 GND4
TP+24V
SW1 (SWITCH)
Test Point for +24V tolerance is + 5%.

RESET. Press to reset and initialize FPGA CONFIGURATOR CPU.


16
CONFIG CPU FPGA CONFIG
SW2 (SWITCH) RESET. Press to reset and initialize MASTER COMPUTER (PMC600) for MCS.
HAPPY IN PROCESS

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA
8900-03R
H199_9000FC

8F1642 – 15JUL05 3
DIAGRAMS

Section 2: Electrical

System Overview
Kodak Dryview 8900 LASER IMAGER - Release 3 System Functional Block / Wiring Diagram - Sheet 1
2005 MARCH REV. A 8F1620

(Option)

Unblocked = Not Fully Open

TACH/CPU

VCC
SDAF
33 M
SDAF
PIXEL/SEC.

USB CONNECTOR
J23 NU NU

NU
USB CONNECTOR
WHT
WHT
WHT
WHT
WHT
WHT
RED
RED
RED
RED

GB10
WHT

(Option)
J9 4 1
24V 5.1V J5
J8 A D B C GRN/YEL
+24V +5.1V G
RTN SENSE WHT
N
+5/+24 VDC SUPPLY BLK MAIN
L
GND2
CB3
GRN
BLK BLK
120 P8 P7 P11 P12
VAC
SVC P17 P18
T1 RED P5 P9
PORT
C1
P1 0 K 1 P10
A 1 MOV7 MOV4

2 4 P3 BLU
B C VOLTAGE RED P6 F
P2
D SELECTION E 120 VAC TO
6 8 P4 BRN PLUG
E F MOV5 MOV6 D PROCESSOR
MOV1
CONTACTOR C
(Option) B
MOV3 MOV2 A
W1 BLK
P14
GT1 SH FAN
BLK
GRN P13
AC BOARD
P16 P15 P20 P19
MAIN BLK WHT
GND1 REMOVE JUMPER FOR NORWAY

120VAC 120 VAC


TO DRE

H199_9001FC

4 15JUL05 – 8F1642
Publication History

Section 3: Publication History

Publication Publication Changed


Date No. ECO No. Pages File Name Notes
15JUL05 8F1642 CN0006110 ------ 8f1642.fm • New Publication
• Rev A - Serial Number
89005001 and Above

8F1642 – 15JUL05 5
Kodak and DryView are trademarks of Eastman Kodak Company.

Printed in U.S.A. • 8f1642.fm

EASTMAN KODAK COMPANY


Rochester, NY 14650 HEALTH GROUP
RELEASE NOTES
Health Group Products
Eastman Kodak Company, Health Group, Rochester, NY 14650

AUGUST 2005

Kodak DryView 89000 LASER IMAGER RELEASE 3


Service Code: 4878
Changes to Installation Instructions
Purpose

The purpose of these Release Notes is to provide information on changes that have occurred in
the installation of the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER. When installing the 8900 LASER
IMAGER RELEASE 3, use the INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS for the Kodak DryView
8900 LASER IMAGER, 8E5986 and this Release Notes document.

ECO Number

The ECO number for this document change is: CN0006142.

Document References

Throughout the Installation Instructions, references to the Adjustments and Replacements


manual and the Preventive Maintenance manual should be as follows.
• ADJUSTMENTS AND REPLACEMENTS for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER
IMAGER RELEASE 3, 8F1621
• PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE for the Kodak DryView 8900 LASER IMAGER
RELEASE 3, 8F1623

Page 1 Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323


CHARCOAL FILTER

The new part number is 7F6344. The location and installation of the CHARCOAL FILTER has
changed as follows.

DUCT FILTER
DOOR

LEVER
WIRE LATCH
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR

H199_0736ACA
H199_0736AC

PLENUM

FILTER

DUCT FILTER DOOR

H199_0737GCA
H199_0737GC

1. Open the LOWER RIGHT FRONT DOOR.

Page 2 Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323


2. Remove the DUCT FILTER DOOR.
• Press in on the LEVER.
• Disconnect the WIRE LATCH.
3. Install:
• CHARCOAL FILTER
• DUCT FILTER DOOR
4. Close the FRONT DOOR.

Location of RJ-45 JACK

The RJ-45 JACK is now located beneath the AIR FILTER.

AIR FILTER COVER

RJ-45 CONNECTOR
LOWER RIGHT
FRONT DOOR
H199_0734ACB
H199_0734AC

Location of DRE Network Connection

The connection for the customer’s network on the DRE is located as shown below.
LOCAL PANEL

Customer Network

USB to EBA

LOCAL PANEL Data

COM 2 to EBA

120 V AC PS/2 to LOCAL PANEL


from UPS

Page 3 Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323


Kodak and DryView are trademarks.

Printed in the USA.


(c) Eastman Kodak Company, 2005
Rochester, NY 14650 HEALTH GROUP

Page 4 Eastman Kodak Company Restricted Pub No. 8F2323

You might also like